1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 #include "bfd_stdint.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "libiberty.h"
31 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
32 #include "plugin-api.h"
36 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
37 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
39 struct elf_info_failed
41 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
45 /* This structure is used to pass information to
46 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
48 struct elf_find_verdep_info
50 /* General link information. */
51 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
52 /* The number of dependencies. */
54 /* Whether we had a failure. */
58 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
59 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
62 _bfd_elf_section_for_symbol (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
63 unsigned long r_symndx
,
66 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
67 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
69 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
71 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
73 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
74 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
75 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
77 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
78 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
79 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
80 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
86 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
87 but it could be a relocation against a local
88 symbol for a discarded section. */
90 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
92 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
93 isym
= &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
94 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (cookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
96 && discard
? discarded_section (isec
) : 1)
102 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
104 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
105 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
106 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
110 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
111 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
112 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
114 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
117 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
118 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
119 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
120 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
121 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
127 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
128 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
129 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
132 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
133 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
136 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
137 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
138 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
139 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
141 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
146 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
150 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
151 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
152 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
154 /* This function may be called more than once. */
155 if (htab
->sgot
!= NULL
)
158 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
160 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
161 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
162 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
163 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
166 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
170 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
172 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
176 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
178 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
180 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
181 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
186 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
187 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
189 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
191 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
192 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
193 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
194 a global offset table. */
195 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
196 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
197 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
205 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
207 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
209 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
211 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
212 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
214 /* We may not set dynobj, an input file holding linker created
215 dynamic sections to abfd, which may be a dynamic object with
216 its own dynamic sections. We need to find a normal input file
217 to hold linker created sections if possible. */
218 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) != 0)
222 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
224 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0
225 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
226 && !((s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
227 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
))
233 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
236 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
238 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
239 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
245 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
246 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
247 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
248 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
249 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
250 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
253 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
257 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
258 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
260 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
263 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
266 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
269 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
270 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
272 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
274 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
275 shared library does not. */
276 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
278 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
279 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
284 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
285 if they are not needed. */
286 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
287 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
289 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
292 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
293 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
295 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
298 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
299 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
301 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
304 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
305 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
307 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
309 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
= s
;
311 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
312 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
316 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
318 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
321 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
322 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
323 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
324 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
325 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
326 to decide how to initialize the process. */
327 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
328 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
334 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
335 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
337 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
339 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
342 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
344 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
345 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
347 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
349 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
350 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
351 variable count of 32-bit words. */
352 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
353 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
355 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
358 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
359 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
360 the .got and .plt sections. */
361 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
362 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
365 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
370 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
373 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
375 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
376 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
378 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
379 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
381 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
382 .rel[a].bss sections. */
383 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
386 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
387 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
388 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
389 to read in from the object file. */
390 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
392 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
393 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
394 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
396 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
398 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
402 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
404 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
406 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
407 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
408 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
413 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
414 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
415 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
416 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
418 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
422 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
425 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
427 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
428 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
429 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
430 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
431 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
432 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
433 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
434 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
439 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
441 /* Similarly, but for symbols that were originally in read-only
442 sections. This section doesn't really need to have contents,
443 but make it like other .data.rel.ro sections. */
444 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".data.rel.ro",
451 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
452 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
453 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
454 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
455 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
456 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
457 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
458 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
459 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
460 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
462 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
464 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
465 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
466 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
467 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
469 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
473 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
475 s
= (bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags
476 (abfd
, (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
477 ? ".rela.data.rel.ro" : ".rel.data.rel.ro"),
478 flags
| SEC_READONLY
));
480 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
481 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
483 htab
->sreldynrelro
= s
;
491 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
492 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
493 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
494 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
495 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
496 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
500 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
501 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
503 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
505 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
510 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
511 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
512 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
513 this would not be necessary. */
514 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
518 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
519 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
522 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
530 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
531 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
533 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
536 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
537 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
542 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
544 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
545 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
547 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
548 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
549 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
550 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
551 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
554 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
559 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
561 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
567 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
570 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
571 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
572 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
574 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
576 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
577 if(h
->dynamic
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
580 if ((info
->dynamic_data
581 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
582 || h
->type
== STT_COMMON
584 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
585 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_COMMON
))))
588 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
591 /* NB: If a symbol is made dynamic by --dynamic-list, it has
593 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= 1;
597 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
598 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
601 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
602 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
607 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
608 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
609 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
611 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
614 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
615 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
619 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
620 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
622 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
624 /* Set versioned if symbol version is unknown. */
625 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
628 if (version
> name
&& version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
629 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
631 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
635 /* Symbols defined in a linker script but not referenced anywhere
636 else will have non_elf set. */
639 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
643 switch (h
->root
.type
)
645 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
646 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
647 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
649 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
650 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
651 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
652 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
653 may depend on this. */
654 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
655 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
656 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
658 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
660 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
661 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
662 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
663 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
665 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
666 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
667 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
668 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
670 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
671 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
672 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
673 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
680 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
681 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
682 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
683 force the correct value. */
687 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
689 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
690 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
691 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
692 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
696 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
698 /* Make sure this symbol is not garbage collected. */
705 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
706 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
707 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
708 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
711 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
713 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
715 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
716 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
721 || bfd_link_dll (info
)
722 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
726 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
729 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
730 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
731 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
734 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
736 if (def
->dynindx
== -1
737 && !bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, def
))
745 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
746 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
747 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
750 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
755 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
756 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
757 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
760 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
761 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
763 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
766 /* See if the entry exists already. */
767 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
768 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
771 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
772 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
776 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
777 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
778 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
780 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
784 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
785 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
789 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
790 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
792 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
793 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
794 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
799 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
800 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
801 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
803 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
806 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
807 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
812 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
813 if (dynstr_index
== (size_t) -1)
815 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
817 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
819 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
820 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
821 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
822 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
825 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
827 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
829 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
834 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
837 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
841 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
843 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
844 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
849 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
850 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
851 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
854 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
857 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
862 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
863 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
869 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
870 STB_LOCAL binding. */
873 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
876 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
878 if (!h
->forced_local
)
881 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
882 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
887 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
888 omitted when creating a shared library. */
890 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
891 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
894 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
897 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
901 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
902 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
904 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
905 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
908 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
909 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
911 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
912 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
913 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
915 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
916 against any other section. */
923 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_all
924 (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
925 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
926 asection
*p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
931 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
932 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
933 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
934 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
935 symbols. If SECTION_SYM_COUNT is NULL, section dynindx is not set.
936 (This prevents the early call before elf_backend_init_index_section
937 and strip_excluded_output_sections setting dynindx for sections
938 that are stripped.) */
941 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
942 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
943 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
945 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
946 bfd_boolean do_sec
= section_sym_count
!= NULL
;
948 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
949 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
951 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
953 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
954 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
955 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
956 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
960 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= dynsymcount
;
963 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
966 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
968 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
969 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
972 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
974 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
975 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
976 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
978 elf_hash_table (info
)->local_dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
980 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
981 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
984 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which we
985 must account for in our count even if the table is empty since it
986 is intended for the mandatory DT_SYMTAB tag (.dynsym section) in
990 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
994 /* Merge st_other field. */
997 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
998 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
999 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
1001 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1003 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
1004 code might be needed here. */
1005 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
1006 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
1011 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
1012 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
1014 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
1015 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
1016 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
1017 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
1020 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1021 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1022 h
->protected_def
= 1;
1025 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
1026 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
1027 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
1028 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
1029 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
1030 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
1031 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
1032 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
1033 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
1034 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
1035 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
1036 type or size does change. */
1039 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1040 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1042 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1045 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
1047 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
1048 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
1050 bfd_boolean
*override
,
1051 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
1052 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
,
1053 bfd_boolean
*matched
)
1055 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
1056 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1057 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1058 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
1061 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
1062 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
1063 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1065 bfd_boolean default_sym
= *matched
;
1071 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
1073 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1074 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
1076 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1077 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
1082 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1084 /* NEW_VERSION is the symbol version of the new symbol. */
1085 if (h
->versioned
!= unversioned
)
1087 /* Symbol version is unknown or versioned. */
1088 new_version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1091 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1093 if (new_version
> name
&& new_version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1094 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1096 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1099 if (new_version
[0] == '\0')
1103 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1108 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
1109 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
1111 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1112 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1113 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1117 if (hi
== h
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1121 /* OLD_HIDDEN is true if the existing symbol is only visible
1122 to the symbol with the same symbol version. NEW_HIDDEN is
1123 true if the new symbol is only visible to the symbol with
1124 the same symbol version. */
1125 bfd_boolean old_hidden
= h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1126 bfd_boolean new_hidden
= hi
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1127 if (!old_hidden
&& !new_hidden
)
1128 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if both
1133 /* OLD_VERSION is the symbol version of the existing
1137 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
1138 old_version
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
,
1143 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if they
1144 have the same symbol version. */
1145 *matched
= (old_version
== new_version
1146 || (old_version
!= NULL
1147 && new_version
!= NULL
1148 && strcmp (old_version
, new_version
) == 0));
1153 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1158 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1163 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1164 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1165 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1168 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1169 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1170 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1171 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1174 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1175 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1176 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1178 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1181 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1184 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1185 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1186 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1187 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1189 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1191 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
1192 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
1194 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
1196 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1197 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1199 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1201 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
1202 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
1203 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
1204 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1205 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1206 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1207 reference to the executable symbol. */
1210 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1212 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1214 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1215 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1220 /* Update the existing symbol only if they match. */
1223 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1227 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1228 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1229 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1231 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1237 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1238 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1239 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1240 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1241 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1242 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1244 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1245 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1246 || !h
->def_regular
))
1251 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1252 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1254 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1255 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1256 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1259 /* Handle a case where plugin_notice won't be called and thus won't
1260 set the non_ir_ref flags on the first pass over symbols. */
1262 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
)
1263 && newdyn
!= olddyn
)
1265 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1266 hi
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1269 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1270 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1272 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1274 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1275 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1276 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1278 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1279 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1281 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1282 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1284 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1285 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1287 if (!(newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1288 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1289 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1290 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1291 && (newdef
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1292 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
1294 /* If creating a default indirect symbol ("foo" or "foo@") from
1295 a dynamic versioned definition ("foo@@") skip doing so if
1296 there is an existing regular definition with a different
1297 type. We don't want, for example, a "time" variable in the
1298 executable overriding a "time" function in a shared library. */
1306 /* When adding a symbol from a regular object file after we have
1307 created indirect symbols, undo the indirection and any
1314 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1315 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1319 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1321 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1322 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1326 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1327 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1333 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1334 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1335 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1337 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1338 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1339 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1340 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1343 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1344 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1346 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1367 /* xgettext:c-format */
1368 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1369 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1370 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1371 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1373 /* xgettext:c-format */
1374 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1375 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1376 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
);
1379 /* xgettext:c-format */
1380 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1381 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1382 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
);
1385 /* xgettext:c-format */
1386 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1387 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1388 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1390 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1394 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1395 definition from a dynamic object. */
1397 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1398 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1401 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1403 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1404 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1405 recorded as dynamic.
1407 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1408 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1409 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1414 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1417 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1418 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1419 object, we remove the old definition. */
1420 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1422 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1423 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1424 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1425 was referenced before. */
1428 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1429 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1430 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1432 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1433 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1435 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1436 any dynamic link state. */
1437 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1438 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1445 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1455 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1456 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1457 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1458 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1459 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1460 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1461 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1462 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1464 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1465 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1469 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1470 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1473 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1475 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1476 any dynamic link state. */
1477 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1478 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1484 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1490 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1491 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1492 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1493 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1494 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1495 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1496 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1498 Also allow a weak symbol to override a linker script symbol
1499 defined by an early pass over the script. This is done so the
1500 linker knows the symbol is defined in an object file, for the
1501 DEFINED script function.
1503 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1504 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1506 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& (olddyn
|| h
->root
.ldscript_def
))
1508 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1511 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1512 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1513 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1515 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1516 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1517 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1522 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1523 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1525 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1526 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1529 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1530 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1532 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1533 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1534 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1535 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1536 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1537 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1538 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1539 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1540 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1541 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1542 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1545 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1546 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1548 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1549 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1550 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1551 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1552 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1558 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1559 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1562 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1564 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1568 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1570 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1571 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1574 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1576 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1578 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1579 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1580 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1582 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1587 /* There are multiple definitions of a normal symbol. Skip the
1588 default symbol as well as definition from an IR object. */
1589 if (olddef
&& !olddyn
&& !oldweak
&& newdef
&& !newdyn
&& !newweak
1590 && !default_sym
&& h
->def_regular
1592 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1593 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1595 /* Handle a multiple definition. */
1596 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_definition
) (info
, &h
->root
,
1597 abfd
, sec
, *pvalue
);
1602 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1603 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1608 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1610 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1611 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1612 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1613 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1614 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1616 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1617 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1618 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1619 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1621 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1624 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1625 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1626 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1627 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1628 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1629 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1631 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1632 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1633 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1634 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1635 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1636 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1641 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1642 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1646 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1648 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1649 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1651 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1652 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1653 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1654 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1655 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1657 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1658 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1661 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1662 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1663 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1664 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1668 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1672 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1673 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1674 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1675 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1678 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1679 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1681 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1682 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1683 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1684 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1690 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1691 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1693 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1694 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1695 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1699 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1704 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1705 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1706 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1707 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1708 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1710 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1711 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1712 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1717 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1718 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1723 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1724 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1727 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1728 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1729 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1732 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1734 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1735 overriding a function. */
1737 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1741 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1742 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1745 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1747 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1750 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1753 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1754 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1755 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1756 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1759 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1760 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1761 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1762 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1763 in the shared library. */
1766 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1769 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1770 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1771 or the alignment. */
1772 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1773 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1775 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1776 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1778 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1781 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1782 in the dynamic object. */
1783 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1784 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1787 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1789 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1790 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1792 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1793 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1795 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1798 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1803 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1804 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1805 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1806 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1807 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1808 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1809 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1810 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1814 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1821 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1822 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1823 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1824 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1827 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1828 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1829 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1831 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1835 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1837 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1838 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1841 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1842 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1843 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1844 bfd_boolean collect
;
1845 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1846 bfd_boolean override
;
1848 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1850 bfd_boolean matched
;
1852 if (h
->versioned
== unversioned
|| h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
)
1855 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1856 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1857 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1858 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1859 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1860 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1864 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1869 if (p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1871 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1875 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1880 /* PR ld/19073: We may see an unversioned definition after the
1886 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1887 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1888 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1890 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1891 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1892 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1894 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1895 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1897 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1898 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1899 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1900 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1901 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1902 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1905 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1906 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1907 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1913 if (hi
->def_regular
)
1915 /* If the undecorated symbol will have a version added by a
1916 script different to H, then don't indirect to/from the
1917 undecorated symbol. This isn't ideal because we may not yet
1918 have seen symbol versions, if given by a script on the
1919 command line rather than via --version-script. */
1920 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
1925 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
1926 hi
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
1927 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
1929 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
1933 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
1934 && strcmp (p
+ 1 + (p
[1] == '@'), hi
->verinfo
.vertree
->name
) != 0)
1940 /* Add the default symbol if not performing a relocatable link. */
1941 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
1944 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1945 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1946 bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1947 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1949 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1954 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1955 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1956 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1957 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1958 name, and it is the default version.
1960 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1961 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1962 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1964 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1965 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1966 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1967 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1968 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1969 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1970 definition in the regular object. */
1972 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1973 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1974 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1976 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1977 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1981 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1985 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1990 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1991 other fields correctly. */
1995 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1996 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1997 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1999 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2000 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
2001 the user in that case. */
2003 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2005 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
2007 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2008 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
2010 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
2011 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
2012 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
2013 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2014 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
2016 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
2022 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2029 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2035 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
2039 len
= strlen (name
);
2040 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
2041 if (shortname
== NULL
)
2043 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
2044 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
2046 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
2047 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2048 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2050 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
2051 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
2052 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
2060 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
2061 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
2062 overridden by a versioned definition. */
2063 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2064 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2066 /* xgettext:c-format */
2067 (_("%pB: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
2073 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2074 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
2075 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
2077 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2079 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2080 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
2081 to the user in that case. */
2083 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2085 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
2086 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2087 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
2089 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
2095 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2101 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2111 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
2112 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2115 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2117 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2119 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2120 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2123 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
2124 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
2127 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2128 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
2129 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2130 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2132 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2142 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
2143 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
2144 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
2145 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2148 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2151 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
2152 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
2153 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
2156 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
2161 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
2162 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2163 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
2166 /* See if we already know about this version. */
2167 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2171 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2174 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
2175 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
2181 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
2186 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2189 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2193 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
2194 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2195 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
2199 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2202 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2206 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
2207 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
2208 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
2210 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
2212 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
2213 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
2215 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
2218 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
2225 /* Return TRUE and set *HIDE to TRUE if the versioned symbol is
2226 hidden. Set *T_P to NULL if there is no match. */
2229 _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2230 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2231 const char *version_p
,
2232 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**t_p
,
2235 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2237 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
2238 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
2240 if (strcmp (t
->name
, version_p
) == 0)
2244 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2246 len
= version_p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2247 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2250 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2251 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2252 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2253 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2255 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2259 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2260 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2262 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2264 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2266 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2269 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2283 /* Return TRUE if the symbol H is hidden by version script. */
2286 _bfd_elf_link_hide_sym_by_version (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2287 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2290 bfd_boolean hide
= FALSE
;
2291 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
2292 = get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2294 /* Version script only hides symbols defined in regular objects. */
2295 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2298 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2299 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2301 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2304 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2308 && _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
)
2312 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2317 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2319 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2322 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
2323 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2324 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2326 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2334 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
2335 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
2336 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
2337 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2340 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2342 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
2343 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2344 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2345 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
2349 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2352 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2355 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
2358 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2362 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
2364 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2368 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2369 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2370 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2372 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2375 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2378 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
2382 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
))
2384 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2389 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2391 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2392 version node for this version. */
2393 if (t
== NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
2395 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2398 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2399 to worry about it. */
2400 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2403 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
,
2407 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2412 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2416 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2417 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2418 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2420 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2424 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2428 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2432 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2433 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2435 /* xgettext:c-format */
2436 (_("%pB: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2437 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2438 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2439 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2444 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2447 && h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
2448 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2451 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2452 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2453 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2454 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2460 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2461 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2462 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2463 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2464 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2465 relocations should be stored.
2467 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2470 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2472 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2473 void *external_relocs
,
2474 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2476 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2477 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2478 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2479 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2480 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2481 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2484 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2485 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2488 /* Read the relocations. */
2489 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2492 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2493 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2495 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2497 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2498 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2499 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2500 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2501 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2504 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2508 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2509 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2510 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2511 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2515 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2516 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2517 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2521 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2524 /* xgettext:c-format */
2525 (_("%pB: bad reloc symbol index (%#" PRIx64
" >= %#lx)"
2526 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
2527 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
,
2528 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2529 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2533 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2536 /* xgettext:c-format */
2537 (_("%pB: non-zero symbol index (%#" PRIx64
")"
2538 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"
2539 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2540 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
,
2541 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2542 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2545 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2546 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2552 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2553 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2554 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2555 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2556 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2557 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2558 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2559 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2560 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2563 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2565 void *external_relocs
,
2566 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2567 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2569 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2570 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2571 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2572 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2573 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2575 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2576 return esdo
->relocs
;
2578 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2581 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2585 size
= (bfd_size_type
) o
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2587 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2589 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2590 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2594 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2596 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2599 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2601 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2603 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2606 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2609 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2612 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2616 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2617 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2618 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2619 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2623 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2625 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2628 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2630 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2635 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2636 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2638 return internal_relocs
;
2646 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2653 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2654 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2657 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2658 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2660 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2662 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2663 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2665 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2666 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2667 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2668 we zero the allocated space. */
2669 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2670 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2673 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2675 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2677 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2678 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2682 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2688 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2689 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2693 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2694 asection
*input_section
,
2695 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2696 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2697 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2700 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2701 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2703 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2704 asection
*output_section
;
2705 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2706 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2707 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2709 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2711 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2712 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2713 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2715 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2716 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2718 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2719 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2721 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2722 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2727 /* xgettext:c-format */
2728 (_("%pB: relocation size mismatch in %pB section %pA"),
2729 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2730 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2734 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2735 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2736 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2737 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2738 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2739 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2741 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2742 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2743 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2746 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2748 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2753 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2756 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2757 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2759 if (bfd_link_pie (info
)
2761 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2762 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2767 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2768 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2769 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2770 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2771 the face of future changes. */
2774 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2775 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2777 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2779 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2780 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2781 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2782 an ELF dynamic object. */
2785 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2786 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2788 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2789 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2792 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2796 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2797 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2798 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2801 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2807 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2811 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2820 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2821 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2822 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2823 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2824 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2825 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2826 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2827 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2829 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2830 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2831 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2832 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2833 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2837 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2838 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2839 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2840 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2843 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2844 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2845 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2846 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2847 flag will not have been set. */
2848 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2852 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2855 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2856 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2857 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2858 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2859 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2861 /* A hidden versioned symbol in executable should be forced local if
2862 it is is locally defined, not referenced by shared library and not
2864 else if (bfd_link_executable (eif
->info
)
2865 && h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
2866 && !eif
->info
->export_dynamic
2870 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2872 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2873 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2874 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2875 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2876 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2877 will force it local. */
2878 else if (h
->needs_plt
2879 && bfd_link_pic (eif
->info
)
2880 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2881 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2882 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2885 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2887 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2888 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2889 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2892 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2893 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2894 over to the real definition. */
2895 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
2897 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
2899 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2900 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2901 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2902 if (def
->def_regular
)
2905 while ((h
= h
->u
.alias
) != def
)
2906 h
->is_weakalias
= 0;
2910 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2911 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2912 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2913 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2914 BFD_ASSERT (def
->def_dynamic
);
2915 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
2916 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, def
, h
);
2923 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2924 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2928 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2930 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2931 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2932 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2934 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2937 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2938 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2941 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2942 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2945 htab
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
);
2946 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (htab
->dynobj
);
2948 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2950 if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
== 0)
2951 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2952 else if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
2954 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2955 && !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2956 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2958 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2966 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2967 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2968 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2969 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2970 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2971 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2972 referenced by another one? */
2974 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2978 && (!h
->is_weakalias
|| weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1))))
2980 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2984 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2985 can happen via a recursive call. */
2986 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2989 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2990 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2991 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2992 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2993 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2995 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2996 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2997 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2998 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
3000 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
3001 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
3002 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
3003 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
3004 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
3005 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
3006 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
3009 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
3010 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
3011 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
3012 extern int timezone;
3014 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
3015 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
3016 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
3017 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
3018 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
3019 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
3020 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
3021 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
3023 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
3025 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
3027 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
3028 the alias by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
3029 def
->ref_regular
= 1;
3031 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
3032 the strong alias before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
3033 if (!_bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (def
, eif
))
3037 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
3038 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
3039 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
3040 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
3041 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
3043 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
3046 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
3047 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3049 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
3058 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
3062 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3063 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3066 unsigned int power_of_two
;
3068 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
3070 /* The section alignment of the definition is the maximum alignment
3071 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
3072 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
3073 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
3074 for the minimum alignment. */
3075 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
3076 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
3077 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
3083 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
3086 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
3087 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
3092 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
3093 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
3095 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
3096 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
3097 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
3099 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
3100 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
3102 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
3103 if (h
->protected_def
3104 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
3105 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3106 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
3107 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3108 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%pT' is dangerous\n"),
3109 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3114 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
3115 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
3118 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3122 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3123 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3124 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3125 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
3127 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
3129 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
3130 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
3131 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
3132 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
3133 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3139 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3140 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
3141 considered to bind dynamically. */
3144 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3145 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3146 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
3148 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
3149 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3150 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3155 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3156 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3157 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3159 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
3160 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3162 if (h
->forced_local
)
3165 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
3166 visible symbol resolves locally. */
3167 binding_stays_local_p
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
3168 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
));
3170 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3177 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3178 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3181 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3183 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
3184 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
3185 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
3186 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3187 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
3194 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
3195 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3198 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
3199 us that it remains local. */
3200 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
3203 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3204 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
3205 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
3206 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
3207 for the place where dynindx == -1 is tested. If that test is true,
3208 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say the symbol is local, while
3209 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say the symbol is local only for
3211 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
3212 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
3213 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
3214 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
3217 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3218 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3219 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
3221 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3222 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3224 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
3228 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
3229 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
3230 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
3233 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
3234 if (h
->forced_local
)
3237 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
3238 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
3239 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3241 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
3242 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
3243 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
3246 /* Non-dynamic symbols resolve locally. */
3247 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3250 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
3251 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
3252 shared libraries. */
3253 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
3256 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
3257 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
3258 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3261 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3262 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3265 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3267 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
3268 symbols are local. */
3269 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
3270 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3271 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
3272 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3275 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
3276 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
3277 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
3278 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
3279 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
3280 return local_protected
;
3283 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
3284 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
3286 struct bfd_section
*
3287 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3289 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
3290 unsigned int align
= 0;
3292 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3293 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3297 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
3298 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
3299 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
3301 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
3303 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
3304 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
3306 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
3311 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
3313 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3314 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3316 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3318 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
3319 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
3320 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
3323 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3324 /* Function symbols do not count. */
3325 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
3328 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
3329 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3332 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
3333 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
3334 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
3337 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
3338 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
3339 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
3340 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
3342 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
3344 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
3345 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
3346 in the same way that it used to do. */
3352 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
3353 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
3354 the symbol is defined in this element. */
3356 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
3358 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
3362 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
3363 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3364 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3367 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
3371 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
3374 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. If we don't know if the
3375 object file is an IR object, give linker LTO plugin a chance to
3376 get the correct symbol table. */
3377 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
3378 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3379 || (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_unknown
3380 && bfd_link_plugin_object_p (abfd
))
3384 /* Use the IR symbol table if the object has been claimed by
3386 abfd
= abfd
->plugin_dummy_bfd
;
3387 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3389 else if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3390 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3392 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3394 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3396 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3397 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3398 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3400 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3405 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3406 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3409 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3412 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3413 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3415 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3418 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3420 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3424 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3429 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3431 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3441 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3444 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3448 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3449 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3451 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3452 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3453 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3455 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3456 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3459 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3460 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3461 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3463 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3464 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3465 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3469 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3470 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3473 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3478 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3479 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3480 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3483 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3484 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3488 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3491 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3494 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3495 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3496 if (strindex
== (size_t) -1)
3499 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3502 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3505 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3506 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3508 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3509 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3510 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3512 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3514 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3515 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3516 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3518 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3526 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3529 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3533 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3534 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3539 /* Return true if SONAME is on the needed list between NEEDED and STOP
3540 (or the end of list if STOP is NULL), and needed by a library that
3544 on_needed_list (const char *soname
,
3545 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
,
3546 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*stop
)
3548 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*look
;
3549 for (look
= needed
; look
!= stop
; look
= look
->next
)
3550 if (strcmp (soname
, look
->name
) == 0
3551 && ((elf_dyn_lib_class (look
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3552 /* If needed by a library that itself is not directly
3553 needed, recursively check whether that library is
3554 indirectly needed. Since we add DT_NEEDED entries to
3555 the end of the list, library dependencies appear after
3556 the library. Therefore search prior to the current
3557 LOOK, preventing possible infinite recursion. */
3558 || on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (look
->by
), needed
, look
)))
3564 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3566 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3568 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3569 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3570 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3572 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3573 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3574 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3576 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3579 int sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3581 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3583 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3584 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3587 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3588 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3591 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3593 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3595 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3596 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3600 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3604 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3606 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3607 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3608 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3609 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3612 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3615 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3616 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3618 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3619 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3620 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3622 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3623 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3624 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3625 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3627 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3629 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3633 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3643 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3648 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3651 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3652 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3653 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3654 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3656 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3657 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3659 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3660 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3665 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3666 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3668 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3672 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3674 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3675 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3677 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3679 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3680 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3681 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3683 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3684 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3685 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3688 while (def
.vd_next
);
3691 /* Adjust version references. */
3692 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3697 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3698 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3700 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3704 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3706 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3707 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3708 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3709 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3710 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3712 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3713 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3714 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3716 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3718 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3719 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3722 while (need
.vn_next
);
3728 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3729 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3733 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3734 const bfd_target
*output
)
3736 return input
== output
;
3739 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3740 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3741 are virtually identical. */
3744 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3745 const bfd_target
*output
)
3747 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3749 if (input
== output
)
3752 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3753 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3755 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3758 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3759 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3762 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3763 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3764 processing the lib. */
3767 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3768 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3769 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3771 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3774 /* Check relocations an ELF object file. */
3777 _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3779 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3780 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3782 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
3783 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
3786 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
3787 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
3788 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
3789 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
3790 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
3791 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
3792 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
3793 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
3794 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
3795 This would be a good case for using mmap.
3797 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
3798 different format. It probably can't be done. */
3799 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
3800 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3801 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
3802 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
3803 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
3807 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3809 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
3812 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
3813 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
3814 || (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
3815 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
3816 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
3817 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
3818 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
3821 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
3823 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
3826 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
3828 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
3829 free (internal_relocs
);
3839 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3842 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3844 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3845 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3849 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3850 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3851 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3852 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3853 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3854 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3855 size_t nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3856 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3857 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3858 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3859 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3860 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3861 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3863 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3864 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3865 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3866 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3867 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3869 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3870 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3871 void *old_strtab
= NULL
;
3874 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3876 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3877 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3879 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3885 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3886 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3887 the format of the output file. */
3888 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3889 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3890 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3892 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3893 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3895 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3900 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3901 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3902 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3903 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3904 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3905 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3906 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3908 /* xgettext:c-format */
3909 (_("alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %pB, expecting %d"),
3910 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3912 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3913 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3914 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3915 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3916 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3917 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3921 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3922 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3927 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3929 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3930 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3931 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3932 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3933 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3934 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3935 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3936 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3940 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3942 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3944 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3946 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3947 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3952 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3956 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3961 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3962 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3963 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3966 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
3968 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3969 not get copied into the output file. */
3972 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3973 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3974 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3979 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3980 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
3985 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3986 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3987 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3988 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. Always create the
3989 dynamic sections for -E/--dynamic-list. FIXME: If there
3990 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
3991 make a shared library. */
3993 && (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3994 || (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3996 && (info
->export_dynamic
|| info
->dynamic
)))
3997 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3998 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3999 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
4001 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
4005 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4009 const char *soname
= NULL
;
4011 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
4012 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
4015 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
4016 ld shouldn't allow it. */
4020 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
4021 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
4022 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
4023 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
4024 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
4025 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
4027 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
4028 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
4029 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
4031 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4036 unsigned int elfsec
;
4037 unsigned long shlink
;
4039 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
4046 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
4047 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
4048 goto error_free_dyn
;
4049 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
4051 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
4052 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
4053 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
4055 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
4057 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
4058 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
4060 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4061 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4063 goto error_free_dyn
;
4065 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
4067 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4069 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4071 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4072 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4073 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4074 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4075 goto error_free_dyn
;
4076 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4077 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4079 goto error_free_dyn
;
4080 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4084 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4088 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
4090 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4092 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4094 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4095 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4096 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4097 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4098 goto error_free_dyn
;
4099 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4100 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4102 goto error_free_dyn
;
4103 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4107 for (pn
= & runpath
;
4113 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
4114 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
4116 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4118 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4120 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4121 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4122 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4123 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4124 goto error_free_dyn
;
4125 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4126 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4128 goto error_free_dyn
;
4129 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4139 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
4141 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4142 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4149 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
4150 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
4156 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
4157 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4162 /* If we have a PT_GNU_RELRO program header, mark as read-only
4163 all sections contained fully therein. This makes relro
4164 shared library sections appear as they will at run-time. */
4165 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
+ elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
4166 while (--phdr
>= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
)
4167 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4169 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4170 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4171 && s
->vma
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
4172 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
4173 s
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
4177 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
4178 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
4179 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
4180 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
4181 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
4182 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
4184 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
4186 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
4187 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
4188 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
4189 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
4191 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4193 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4194 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4195 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
4198 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
4199 will need to know it. */
4200 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
4202 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4206 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
4207 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
4208 particular dynamic object more than once. */
4212 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
4213 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
4216 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
4217 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
4218 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
4219 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
4221 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
4222 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4224 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
4226 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
4228 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
4229 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
4231 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4233 extsymcount
= symcount
;
4238 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
4239 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
4242 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4243 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
4245 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
4247 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
4250 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4252 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
4255 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4256 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4257 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4258 goto error_free_sym
;
4259 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
4265 /* Read in any version definitions. */
4266 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
4267 info
->default_imported_symver
))
4268 goto error_free_sym
;
4270 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
4271 to internal format. */
4272 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
4274 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
4276 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
4277 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
4278 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4279 goto error_free_sym
;
4280 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
4281 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4282 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4283 goto error_free_vers
;
4287 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
4288 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
4289 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
4290 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4295 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4297 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4298 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4300 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4302 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4303 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4304 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4305 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4309 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
4310 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
4311 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
4312 goto error_free_vers
;
4314 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
4315 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
4316 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
4317 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
4318 goto error_free_vers
;
4320 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4321 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
4322 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
4323 goto error_free_vers
;
4325 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
4326 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
4327 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4328 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
4329 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
4330 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
4331 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
4332 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
4333 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
4334 old_strtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_save (htab
->dynstr
);
4335 if (old_strtab
== NULL
)
4336 goto error_free_vers
;
4338 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4340 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4341 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4343 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4345 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4346 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4347 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4348 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4350 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4351 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4358 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
4359 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
4361 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
4365 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
4368 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4369 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
4370 bfd_boolean definition
;
4371 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
4372 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
4373 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
4374 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
4375 bfd_boolean override
;
4377 bfd_boolean discarded
;
4378 unsigned int old_alignment
;
4380 bfd_boolean matched
;
4384 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
4386 value
= isym
->st_value
;
4387 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
4388 if (common
&& info
->inhibit_common_definition
)
4390 /* Treat common symbol as undefined for --no-define-common. */
4391 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4396 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
4400 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
4401 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
4402 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
4407 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
4415 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
4416 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
4420 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
4424 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
4425 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4426 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
4427 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4428 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
4430 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
4431 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
4432 calls the value we call the alignment. */
4433 value
= isym
->st_size
;
4437 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4439 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4440 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
4442 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
4444 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4446 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4448 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
4452 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
4455 goto error_free_vers
;
4457 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4458 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4460 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
4464 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
4466 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
4468 goto error_free_vers
;
4472 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4473 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4474 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4476 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
4480 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
4481 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4482 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
4484 goto error_free_vers
;
4488 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
4490 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
4492 goto error_free_vers
;
4494 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
4495 should be skipped for some reason. */
4500 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
4503 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4504 goto error_free_vers
;
4507 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
4508 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
4509 for this executable. */
4510 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4511 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
4514 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4515 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4520 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
4521 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
4528 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4530 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4531 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4536 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4537 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4538 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4543 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4545 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4547 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4548 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4549 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4550 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4551 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4552 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4554 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4555 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4558 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4561 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4563 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4565 else if (vernum
> 1)
4567 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4574 /* xgettext:c-format */
4575 (_("%pB: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4577 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4578 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4579 goto error_free_vers
;
4584 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4585 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4586 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4588 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4591 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4595 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4597 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4599 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4601 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4611 /* xgettext:c-format */
4612 (_("%pB: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4613 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4614 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4615 goto error_free_vers
;
4619 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4620 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4621 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4622 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4623 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4626 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4627 if (newname
== NULL
)
4628 goto error_free_vers
;
4629 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4630 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4632 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4633 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4634 default version of the symbol. */
4635 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4636 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4638 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4643 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4644 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4645 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4648 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4649 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4650 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4652 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4653 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4654 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4655 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
,
4657 goto error_free_vers
;
4662 /* Override a definition only if the new symbol matches the
4664 if (override
&& matched
)
4668 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4669 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4670 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4672 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4675 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4678 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4679 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4680 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4681 goto error_free_vers
;
4683 if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
4684 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4685 && bfd_get_flavour (info
->output_bfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
4686 elf_tdata (info
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
|= elf_gnu_symbol_unique
;
4689 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4692 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4693 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4694 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4696 /* Setting the index to -3 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
4697 this symbol is defined in a discarded section. */
4703 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4707 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4708 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4709 && h
->u
.alias
== NULL
)
4711 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4712 a dynamic object, using the alias field. Later in this
4713 function we will set the alias field to the correct
4714 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4715 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4716 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4717 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4718 figure out. If the alias field is not already NULL,
4719 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4720 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4721 definition anyhow. */
4727 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4728 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4729 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4734 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4737 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4738 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4739 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4741 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4742 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4744 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4747 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4749 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4750 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4751 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4752 object and a shared object. */
4753 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4755 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4756 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4757 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4764 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4765 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4777 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4778 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4779 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4780 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4790 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4795 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4798 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4799 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4800 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4804 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
!= -1)))
4808 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4809 the default name. */
4811 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4812 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4813 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4814 goto error_free_vers
;
4816 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4817 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4818 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4819 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4820 alignment is maintained. */
4821 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4822 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4824 unsigned int common_align
;
4825 unsigned int normal_align
;
4826 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4830 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4831 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4833 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4834 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4835 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
4836 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
4838 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4839 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4840 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4843 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4847 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4848 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4853 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4855 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4858 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4860 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4861 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4863 /* xgettext:c-format */
4864 (_("warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %pB is"
4865 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %pA"),
4866 1 << common_align
, name
, common_bfd
,
4867 1 << normal_align
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
);
4870 /* xgettext:c-format */
4871 (_("warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %pB"
4872 " is smaller than %u in %pB"),
4873 1 << normal_align
, name
, normal_bfd
,
4874 1 << common_align
, common_bfd
);
4878 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4879 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4880 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4881 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4884 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4885 && ! size_change_ok
)
4887 /* xgettext:c-format */
4888 (_("warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4889 " from %" PRIu64
" in %pB to %" PRIu64
" in %pB"),
4890 name
, (uint64_t) h
->size
, old_bfd
,
4891 (uint64_t) isym
->st_size
, abfd
);
4893 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4896 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4897 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4898 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4899 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4900 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4902 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4903 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4905 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4906 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4907 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4908 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4910 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4912 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4914 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4915 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4918 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4920 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4921 /* xgettext:c-format */
4923 (_("warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4924 " from %d to %d in %pB"),
4925 name
, h
->type
, type
, abfd
);
4931 /* Merge st_other field. */
4932 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
4934 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4936 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
4937 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4940 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4941 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4946 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4947 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4950 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4952 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4953 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4955 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4956 aliases can be checked. */
4959 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4960 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4962 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4964 goto error_free_vers
;
4966 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4970 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4972 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4973 goto error_free_vers
;
4975 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1)
4977 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, weakdef (h
)))
4978 goto error_free_vers
;
4981 else if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4982 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4983 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4985 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4989 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4994 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd nor
4995 for unmatched symbol. */
5000 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
5002 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
5003 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
5004 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
5005 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
),
5006 htab
->needed
, NULL
))))
5009 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
5011 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
5012 h
->root
.root
.string
);
5014 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
5015 other library is referenced by a regular object.
5016 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
5017 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
5020 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
5023 /* xgettext:c-format */
5024 (_("%pB: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
5026 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
5027 goto error_free_vers
;
5030 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
5031 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
5034 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
5036 goto error_free_vers
;
5038 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
5043 if (info
->lto_plugin_active
5044 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5045 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
5051 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
5056 /* If linker plugin is enabled, set non_ir_ref_regular on symbols
5057 referenced in regular objects so that linker plugin will get
5058 the correct symbol resolution. */
5060 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5061 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5063 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5064 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
5066 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
5067 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5068 || s
->reloc_count
== 0
5069 || (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
5070 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
5071 || info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
5072 && (s
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0))
5075 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, s
, NULL
,
5078 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5079 goto error_free_vers
;
5081 rel
= internal_relocs
;
5082 relend
= rel
+ s
->reloc_count
;
5083 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
5085 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
5086 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5088 /* Skip local symbols. */
5089 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5092 h
= sym_hash
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5094 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
= 1;
5097 if (elf_section_data (s
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
5098 free (internal_relocs
);
5102 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5108 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5114 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
5118 /* Restore the symbol table. */
5119 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
5120 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
5121 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
5122 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
5123 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
5124 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
5125 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
5126 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
5127 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
5128 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore (htab
->dynstr
, old_strtab
);
5131 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
5133 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
5134 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5136 unsigned int alignment_power
;
5137 unsigned int non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5139 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5141 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5142 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5143 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5145 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
5146 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
5147 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
5149 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5151 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
5152 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
5157 alignment_power
= 0;
5159 /* Preserve non_ir_ref_dynamic so that this symbol
5160 will be exported when the dynamic lib becomes needed
5161 in the second pass. */
5162 non_ir_ref_dynamic
= h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5163 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5164 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5165 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5166 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5168 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5169 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5170 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5172 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5174 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
5175 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
5176 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
5177 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
5179 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5183 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
5184 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
5185 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
5186 goto error_free_vers
;
5189 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
5191 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5192 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5196 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5198 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
5199 goto error_free_vers
;
5204 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, if
5205 not performing a relocatable link, handle .symver foo, foo@BAR
5206 such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
5207 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5211 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
5213 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
5214 char *shortname
, *p
;
5216 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5218 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5219 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5222 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
5223 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
5225 goto error_free_vers
;
5226 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
5227 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
5229 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5230 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
5231 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5233 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
5234 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
5235 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
5237 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
5238 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
5239 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5240 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
5241 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5243 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
5244 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
5246 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
5252 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5253 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
5256 /* Now set the alias field correctly for all the weak defined
5257 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
5258 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
5259 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
5260 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
5261 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
5262 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
5263 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
5264 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
5265 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
5266 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
5267 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
5271 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
5272 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
5273 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
5274 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5277 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
5278 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
5279 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
5281 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
5282 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5283 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
5285 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
5286 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5287 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
5289 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
5293 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5294 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
5302 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
5303 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
5306 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
5308 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
5311 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
5314 weaks
= hlook
->u
.alias
;
5315 hlook
->u
.alias
= NULL
;
5317 if (hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5318 && hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5321 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5322 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5328 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
5330 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5331 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5338 int sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
5348 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
5352 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
5353 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
5354 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
5355 one past the matching symbol(s). */
5358 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5359 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5360 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5364 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
5365 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
5366 the largest size. */
5369 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5371 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
5372 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5373 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5375 else if (h
!= hlook
)
5377 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*t
;
5380 hlook
->is_weakalias
= 1;
5382 if (t
->u
.alias
!= NULL
)
5383 while (t
->u
.alias
!= h
)
5387 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
5388 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
5390 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
5392 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5395 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5400 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
5401 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
5402 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
5403 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
5404 real definition and the weak definition. */
5405 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
5407 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
5408 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
5415 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5418 if (bed
->check_directives
5419 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
5422 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
5423 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
5425 && ! info
->traditional_format
5426 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
5427 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
5431 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
5432 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
5434 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
5437 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
5438 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
5439 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
5440 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
5441 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
5442 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
5444 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
5446 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
5447 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
5448 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
5451 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
5452 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
5457 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
5459 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
5460 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
5462 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
5466 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
5473 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5475 if (old_strtab
!= NULL
)
5477 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5478 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5479 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5482 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5488 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
5489 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
5491 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
5492 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
5493 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5496 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5500 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5504 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
5505 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
5506 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
5507 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
5509 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5510 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5513 /* First check with only one `@'. */
5514 len
= strlen (name
);
5515 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
5517 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
5519 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
5520 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
5521 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
5523 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5526 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
5528 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
5529 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
5530 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5533 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
5537 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
5538 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
5539 handle versioned symbols.
5541 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5542 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5543 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5544 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5547 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5548 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5551 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5554 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
5558 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5559 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5560 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5562 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5564 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5565 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5567 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5571 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5572 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5573 second and subsequent passes. */
5574 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5578 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
5579 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5580 if (included
== NULL
)
5583 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5584 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5585 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5598 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5599 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5601 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5603 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5608 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5614 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5615 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
5621 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5623 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5624 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5625 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5626 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5629 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5630 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5631 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5632 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5633 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5635 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5638 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5640 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5641 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5646 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5647 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5648 if (element
== NULL
)
5651 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5654 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5656 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5657 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5659 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5662 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5663 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5664 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5665 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5666 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5667 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5668 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5669 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5672 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5673 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5677 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5682 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5684 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5685 on through the loop. */
5686 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5696 if (included
!= NULL
)
5701 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5705 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5707 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5710 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5712 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5714 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5719 struct hash_codes_info
5721 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5725 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5726 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5729 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5731 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5736 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5737 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5740 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5741 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5743 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5746 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5752 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5753 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5758 /* Compute the hash value. */
5759 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5761 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5762 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5764 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5766 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5774 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5777 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5778 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5779 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5780 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5781 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5782 unsigned long int *indx
;
5783 unsigned long int *counts
;
5786 long int min_dynindx
;
5787 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5788 unsigned long int symindx
;
5789 long int local_indx
;
5790 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5791 unsigned long int mask
;
5795 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5796 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5799 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5801 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5806 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5807 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5810 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5811 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5814 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5815 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5817 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5820 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5826 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5827 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5832 /* Compute the hash value. */
5833 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5835 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5836 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5837 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5838 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5840 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5841 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5849 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5850 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5853 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5855 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5856 unsigned long int bucket
;
5857 unsigned long int val
;
5859 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5860 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5863 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5864 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5866 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5867 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5871 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5872 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5873 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5874 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5876 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5877 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5878 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5879 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5881 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5882 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5883 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5884 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5888 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5891 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5893 return !(h
->forced_local
5894 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5895 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5896 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5897 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5898 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5901 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5902 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5903 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5904 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5905 than 32771 buckets. */
5907 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5909 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5913 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5914 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5915 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5916 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5917 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5918 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5919 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5920 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5922 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5923 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5924 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5927 size_t best_size
= 0;
5928 unsigned long int i
;
5930 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5931 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5932 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5933 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5938 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5939 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5940 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5941 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5942 unsigned long int *counts
;
5944 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5946 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5947 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5949 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5952 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5957 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5961 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5962 since the size could be large. */
5964 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5965 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5969 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5970 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5972 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5974 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5975 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5976 unsigned long int j
;
5977 unsigned long int fact
;
5979 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5982 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5984 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5985 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5986 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5988 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5989 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5990 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5991 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5992 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5993 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5994 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5997 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5999 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
6002 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
6003 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
6004 over a few long chains). */
6005 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6006 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
6008 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
6009 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6012 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
6013 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
6014 empty slots (the +1 term). */
6015 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6016 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
6018 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
6019 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
6020 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6024 /* Compare with current best results. */
6025 if (max
< best_chlen
)
6029 no_improvement_count
= 0;
6031 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
6032 when there are a large number of symbols. */
6033 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
6040 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
6042 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
6043 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
6044 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
6045 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
6047 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
6048 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
6051 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
6058 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
6061 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6066 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
6067 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6068 && (s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
6069 && s
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
6070 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
6075 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
6076 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
6077 undefined it is initialized. */
6080 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6081 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6082 const char *legacy_symbol
,
6083 bfd_vma default_size
)
6085 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
6087 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
6089 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
6090 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
6091 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6092 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6094 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
6096 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
6097 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6098 if (info
->stacksize
)
6099 /* xgettext:c-format */
6100 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: stack size specified and %s set"),
6101 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6102 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6103 /* xgettext:c-format */
6104 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s not absolute"),
6105 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6107 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6110 if (!info
->stacksize
)
6111 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
6112 size, set it now. */
6113 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
6115 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
6116 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6117 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6119 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
6121 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6122 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
6123 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6124 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
6125 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6128 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6130 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6136 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
6138 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
6140 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6141 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
6146 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
6149 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6150 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6151 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
6152 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
6153 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6154 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6156 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
6158 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
6159 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
6162 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
6168 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
6169 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
6170 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
6171 addresses of the various sections. */
6174 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6177 const char *filter_shlib
,
6179 const char *depaudit
,
6180 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
6181 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6182 asection
**sinterpptr
)
6185 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6189 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6192 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6194 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6196 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
6197 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
6198 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6199 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
6203 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
6204 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
6205 if (info
->export_dynamic
6206 || (bfd_link_executable (info
) && info
->dynamic
))
6208 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6212 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6213 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
6221 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6223 if (soname_indx
== (size_t) -1
6224 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
6228 soname_indx
= (size_t) -1;
6230 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
6231 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6232 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6233 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
6235 const char *verstr
, *name
;
6236 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
6237 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
6238 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
6240 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
6242 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
6244 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
6245 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
6247 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
6248 if (newname
== NULL
)
6250 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
6251 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
6253 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
6254 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
6256 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6257 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6258 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6261 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6262 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6264 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
6266 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6267 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6268 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6273 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
6274 not defined in a shared object. */
6276 && !newh
->def_dynamic
6277 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6278 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6282 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
6283 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
6284 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6286 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6287 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
6292 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
6294 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
6295 bfd_boolean all_defined
= TRUE
;
6296 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6297 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6298 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
6301 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
6302 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
6303 all_defined
= FALSE
;
6308 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6313 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6314 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6315 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6317 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6318 just linking a regular application. */
6319 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6321 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6322 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6323 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6325 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6326 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6332 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6333 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6334 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6335 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6341 /* Make space for the base version. */
6342 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6343 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6346 /* Make space for the default version. */
6347 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6349 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6353 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6355 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6357 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6361 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6362 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6365 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6366 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6370 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6371 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6374 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6378 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6379 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6382 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6384 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6385 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6389 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6390 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6391 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6394 if (soname_indx
!= (size_t) -1)
6396 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6398 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6399 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6406 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6407 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6408 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6410 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6412 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6414 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6416 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6417 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6418 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6419 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6421 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6423 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6424 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6426 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6428 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6431 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6432 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6434 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6437 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6438 aux block, but different flags. */
6441 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6443 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6444 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6447 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6448 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6449 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6451 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6452 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6453 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6455 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6458 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6460 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6465 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6468 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6470 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6471 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6473 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6475 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6478 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6479 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6481 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6484 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6486 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6487 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6489 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6490 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6491 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6492 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6493 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6496 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6497 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6498 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6499 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6501 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6502 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6503 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6505 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6506 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6507 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6509 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6510 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6512 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6513 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6514 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6515 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6517 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6518 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6519 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6521 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6523 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6525 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6527 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6531 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6532 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6535 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6536 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6538 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6540 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6541 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6542 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6546 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6550 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6552 if (info
->gc_sections
&& bed
->can_gc_sections
)
6554 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
6556 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the
6557 dynamic symbol table. */
6558 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
6559 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
6560 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
6564 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6567 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6569 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6571 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6572 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6575 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6576 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6578 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6580 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6581 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6586 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6587 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6590 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*vn
;
6595 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6598 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6600 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6602 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6604 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6606 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6607 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6611 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6612 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6616 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6618 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6621 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6625 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6628 vn
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6630 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6631 elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6632 ? elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
)
6633 : lbasename (vn
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6635 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6638 vn
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6639 if (vn
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6642 vn
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6643 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6645 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, vn
,
6646 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6647 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6649 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6651 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6652 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6653 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6654 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6657 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6660 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6662 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6663 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6664 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6668 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6672 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
6673 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
6674 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
6675 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
6676 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
6677 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6679 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6680 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
6683 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
6684 we're dynamic or not. */
6685 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
6686 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6689 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
6690 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
6691 if (info
->execstack
)
6692 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
6693 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
6694 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
6698 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
6701 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
6703 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
6708 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
6710 s
= inputobj
->sections
;
6711 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6714 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
6717 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
6721 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
6724 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
6725 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
6726 if (notesec
&& exec
&& bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6727 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6728 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
6731 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6733 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6734 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6738 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
6739 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !bfd_link_executable (info
) || info
->nointerp
);
6743 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
6745 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
6753 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
6755 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6758 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
6759 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
6763 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
6767 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6768 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
6769 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6770 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
6774 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
6776 const char * const *p
;
6778 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6782 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6784 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6785 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
6794 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
6796 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6797 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
6801 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
6805 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
6807 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6808 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
6815 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
6816 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
6817 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6818 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
6823 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
6824 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
6825 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
6827 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
6828 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
6829 h
= (info
->init_function
6830 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6831 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
6838 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
6841 h
= (info
->fini_function
6842 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6843 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
6850 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
6854 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
6855 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6857 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
6858 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
))
6863 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
6864 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6865 && (o
= sub
->sections
) != NULL
6866 && o
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6867 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6868 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
6869 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
6872 (_("%pB: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
6877 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6881 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6882 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6885 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
6886 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6888 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6889 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6892 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
6893 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6895 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
6896 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6900 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6901 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
6902 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
6903 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
6904 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
6905 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6907 bfd_size_type strsize
;
6909 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6910 if ((info
->emit_hash
6911 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
6912 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
6913 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
6914 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
6915 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
6916 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
6917 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
6918 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
6923 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
6926 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
6929 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
6930 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6933 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6935 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
6937 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6939 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6940 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, crefs
))
6944 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6946 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6949 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6951 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6957 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
6958 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6961 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6965 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
)
6967 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
;
6969 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6970 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6974 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6975 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6976 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
, NULL
) <= 1)
6980 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6981 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6987 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6988 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6990 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6994 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6995 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
6996 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6998 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
7003 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
7004 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
7006 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7010 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
7011 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
7012 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7013 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
7014 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7016 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
7020 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7021 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
7022 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
7023 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7025 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
7029 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
7030 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
7031 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
7035 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7037 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7038 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
7039 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
= 0;
7041 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7044 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7045 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
7047 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
7048 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come all
7049 of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest
7050 of the global symbols.
7052 This is usually not needed for static binaries, however backends
7053 can request to always do it, e.g. the MIPS backend uses dynamic
7054 symbol counts to lay out GOT, which will be produced in the
7055 presence of GOT relocations even in static binaries (holding fixed
7056 data in that case, to satisfy those relocations). */
7058 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
7059 || bed
->always_renumber_dynsyms
)
7060 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
7061 §ion_sym_count
);
7063 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7067 unsigned int dtagcount
;
7069 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7071 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
7072 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
7073 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7074 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
7076 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
7077 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7078 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7081 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
7085 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
7086 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
7087 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
7088 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
7089 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
7090 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
7091 s
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
;
7092 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7093 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7095 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7096 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7099 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. Clear all the
7100 section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
7101 ++section_sym_count
;
7102 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7104 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
7106 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
7107 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
7108 if (info
->emit_hash
)
7110 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
7111 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
7113 unsigned long int nsyms
;
7115 size_t hash_entry_size
;
7117 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7118 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7120 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
7121 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7122 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
7124 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
7125 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
7127 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7128 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7129 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
7136 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
7138 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
7141 if (bucketcount
== 0 && nsyms
> 0)
7144 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7146 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
7147 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7148 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7149 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
7150 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7151 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7154 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
7155 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
7156 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
7159 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
7162 unsigned char *contents
;
7163 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
7167 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
7169 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7170 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7172 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
7173 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7174 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
7177 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
7178 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
7179 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7182 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7183 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7184 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
7187 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7192 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
7194 if (bucketcount
== 0)
7196 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7200 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
7201 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7203 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
7205 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
7206 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
7207 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7208 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7209 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7210 if (contents
== NULL
)
7212 s
->contents
= contents
;
7213 /* 1 empty bucket. */
7214 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
7215 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
7216 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
7217 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
7218 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
7219 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
7220 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
7221 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
7222 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
7223 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
7224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
7225 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
7229 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
7230 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
7234 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
7236 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
7238 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
7239 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
7241 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
7242 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
7244 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
7250 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
7251 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
7252 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
7253 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
7254 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
7255 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
7256 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7257 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
7259 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7263 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
7264 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
7265 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
7266 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
7268 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
7269 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
7270 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
7271 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
7273 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7274 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
7276 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
7277 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
7279 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
7280 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7281 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
7283 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
7284 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7285 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7286 if (contents
== NULL
)
7288 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7289 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7293 s
->contents
= contents
;
7294 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
7295 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
7296 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
7297 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
7298 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7300 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7302 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
7303 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
7305 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
7309 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
7311 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
7312 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7313 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
7315 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
7316 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
7318 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
7320 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7323 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7324 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7328 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
7329 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7331 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
7333 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7335 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
7336 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
7343 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
7346 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7349 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
7350 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
7353 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
7356 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7361 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7364 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7365 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
7366 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7367 && (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
7368 == get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->s
->elfclass
))
7369 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7370 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
7371 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7373 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
7375 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7376 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (obfd
,
7377 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7378 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
7380 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
7381 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
7384 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
7385 _bfd_merge_sections (obfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7386 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
7390 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
7392 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
7393 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
7394 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
7397 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
7401 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
7402 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
7407 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
7408 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
7411 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7412 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
7414 /* Set local fields. */
7417 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
7418 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
7419 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
7420 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
7421 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
7422 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
7423 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
7424 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
7431 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
7432 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
7435 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7436 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7437 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7439 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7441 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
7442 symbol which just became indirect. */
7444 if (dir
->versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
7445 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
7446 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
7447 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
7448 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
7449 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
7450 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
7452 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7455 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
7456 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
7457 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
7458 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
7460 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
7461 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
7462 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
7463 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
7466 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
7468 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
7469 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
7470 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
7471 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
7474 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
7476 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
7477 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
7478 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
7479 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
7481 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7486 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7487 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7488 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7490 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
7491 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7493 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
7498 h
->forced_local
= 1;
7499 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
7501 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7504 h
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7509 /* Hide a symbol. */
7512 _bfd_elf_link_hide_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7513 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7514 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
7516 if (is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7518 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
7519 = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7520 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
7521 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7522 bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol (info
, eh
, TRUE
);
7523 eh
->def_dynamic
= 0;
7524 eh
->ref_dynamic
= 0;
7525 eh
->dynamic_def
= 0;
7529 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
7533 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
7534 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
7536 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
7537 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
7539 unsigned int entsize
,
7540 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
7543 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
7545 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7546 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7547 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7548 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7549 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
7550 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
7552 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
7554 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
7555 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
7560 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
7562 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
7563 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
7565 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
7566 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
7568 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7572 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
7573 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
7579 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
7584 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
7587 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
7589 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7591 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
7592 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
7593 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
7594 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
7595 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
7598 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
7599 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
7600 entry for a dynamic object. */
7603 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
7605 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7606 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7607 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
7611 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
7614 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7615 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7616 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
7623 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
7625 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7626 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7627 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
7630 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
7631 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7633 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7634 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7635 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7637 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7639 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7642 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7643 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7645 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7646 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7647 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7649 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7651 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7654 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7655 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7656 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7659 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7661 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7662 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7663 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7667 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7668 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7671 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7672 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7675 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7676 unsigned int elfsec
;
7677 unsigned long shlink
;
7678 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7680 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7684 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7685 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7688 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7689 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7692 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7695 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7696 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7699 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7701 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7702 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7705 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7706 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7708 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7710 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7712 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7715 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7718 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7719 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7722 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7727 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7748 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7750 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7751 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7752 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7755 struct elf_symbuf_head
7757 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7759 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7766 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7767 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7772 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7775 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7777 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7778 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7780 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7784 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7786 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7787 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7788 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7791 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7792 elf_create_symbuf (size_t symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7794 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7795 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7796 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7797 size_t i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7799 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7803 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7804 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7805 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7808 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7809 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7812 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7813 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7814 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7817 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7818 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7819 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7820 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7826 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7827 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7828 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7829 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7830 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7832 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7835 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7836 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7837 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7839 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7840 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7841 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7844 BFD_ASSERT ((size_t) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7845 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7852 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7856 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7857 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7860 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7861 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7862 size_t symcount1
, symcount2
;
7863 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7864 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7865 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7866 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7867 size_t count1
, count2
, i
;
7868 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7874 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7875 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7876 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7879 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7882 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7883 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7884 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7887 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7888 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7889 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7890 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7891 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7892 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7894 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7900 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7901 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7903 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7905 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7907 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7910 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7911 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7912 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7915 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7917 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7919 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7922 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7923 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7924 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7927 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7929 /* Optimized faster version. */
7931 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7932 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7935 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7940 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7941 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7943 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7947 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7954 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7959 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7960 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7962 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7966 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7972 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7976 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
7978 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
7979 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7983 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7984 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7986 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7987 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
7993 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
7994 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7996 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7997 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8002 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8003 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8004 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8005 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8006 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8008 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8009 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8010 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
8011 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
8012 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8019 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8020 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8021 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8022 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8023 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8026 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8028 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8029 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
8030 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8033 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8034 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
8035 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8037 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8040 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8042 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
8043 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8045 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
8047 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
8048 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8050 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8051 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8052 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8053 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8054 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8056 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8057 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8058 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
8059 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
8060 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8078 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8081 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8082 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8086 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8087 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8090 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
8093 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
8095 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
8097 struct elf_final_link_info
8099 /* General link information. */
8100 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
8103 /* Symbol string table. */
8104 struct elf_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
8105 /* .hash section. */
8107 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
8108 asection
*symver_sec
;
8109 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
8111 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
8112 void *external_relocs
;
8113 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
8114 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8115 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
8117 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
8118 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
8119 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
8120 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
8122 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
8123 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
8124 of any input BFD. */
8126 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
8127 symbol of any input BFD. */
8128 asection
**sections
;
8129 /* Buffer for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section. */
8130 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
8131 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
8132 size_t filesym_count
;
8135 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
8137 struct elf_outext_info
8140 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
8141 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
8142 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
8146 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
8148 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
8149 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
8150 relocations themselves.
8152 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
8153 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
8154 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
8155 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
8157 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
8158 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
8159 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
8160 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
8163 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
8164 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
8167 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
8168 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
8172 <binary-operator> := as in C
8173 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
8176 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
8177 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8182 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8183 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8184 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
8186 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
8188 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8190 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
8191 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
8193 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
8194 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
8195 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8196 sym
->st_value
= val
;
8199 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
8203 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
8204 to "defined" and give it a value. */
8206 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
8207 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
8208 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8209 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8210 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8211 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
8212 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
8213 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8217 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
8219 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8221 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8224 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8225 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
8226 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
8227 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8230 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8232 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
8236 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
8239 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
8240 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
8243 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
8244 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
8246 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
8248 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
8250 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
8251 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8253 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
8254 (unsigned long) *result
);
8260 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
8261 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
8262 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8266 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8267 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8269 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
8270 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8271 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8273 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
8274 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
8282 /* Looks up NAME in SECTIONS. If found sets RESULT to NAME's address (in
8283 bytes) and returns TRUE, otherwise returns FALSE. Accepts pseudo-section
8284 names like "foo.end" which is the end address of section "foo". */
8287 resolve_section (const char *name
,
8295 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8296 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
8298 *result
= curr
->vma
;
8302 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
8303 /* FIXME: This could be coded more efficiently... */
8304 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8306 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
8307 if (len
> strlen (name
))
8310 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
8312 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
8314 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8318 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
8326 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
8328 /* xgettext:c-format */
8329 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
8334 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
8337 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8339 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8348 const char *sym
= *symp
;
8350 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
8355 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
8357 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8370 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
8374 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
8378 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
8379 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
8381 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
8383 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8387 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
8388 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
8389 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
8391 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
8392 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
8393 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
8394 section", and likewise with symbol. */
8396 if (symbol_is_section
)
8398 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
, input_bfd
)
8399 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8400 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
8402 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
8408 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8409 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
8410 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
8413 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
8420 /* All that remains are operators. */
8422 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
8423 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8425 sym += strlen (#op); \
8429 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8430 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8433 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
8439 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
8440 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8442 sym += strlen (#op); \
8446 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8447 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8450 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8451 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8454 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
8484 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
8485 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8491 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
8492 unsigned long chunksz
,
8497 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
8499 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
8504 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8508 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8512 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8513 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
8519 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8520 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
8533 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
8534 unsigned long chunksz
,
8541 /* Sanity checks. */
8542 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
8545 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
8546 && input_bfd
!= NULL
8547 && location
!= NULL
);
8549 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
8551 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
8553 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
8554 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
8555 of the loop below. */
8559 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
8561 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
8566 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
8569 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
8572 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
8576 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
8587 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
8588 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
8589 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
8590 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
8591 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
8592 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
8593 unsigned long *signed_p
,
8594 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
8595 unsigned long encoded
)
8597 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
8598 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
8599 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
8600 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
8601 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
8602 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
8603 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
8604 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
8607 bfd_reloc_status_type
8608 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
8609 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8611 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8614 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
8615 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
8616 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8618 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
8619 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
8620 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
8621 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
8622 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
8624 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
8625 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
8626 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
8628 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
8631 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
8633 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
8635 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
,
8636 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8639 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8640 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8641 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8642 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8643 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8644 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8645 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8650 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8651 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8652 ? complain_overflow_signed
8653 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8654 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8658 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8661 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8662 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8663 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8664 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8665 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8666 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8668 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
,
8669 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8673 /* Functions to read r_offset from external (target order) reloc
8674 entry. Faster than bfd_getl32 et al, because we let the compiler
8675 know the value is aligned. */
8678 ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8685 const union aligned32
*a
8686 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8688 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
8689 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8690 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8691 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
8696 ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8703 const union aligned32
*a
8704 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8706 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8707 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8708 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8709 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8713 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8715 ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8722 const union aligned64
*a
8723 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8725 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8726 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8727 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8728 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8729 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8730 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8731 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8732 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8737 ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8744 const union aligned64
*a
8745 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8747 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8748 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8749 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8750 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8751 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8752 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8753 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8754 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8759 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8760 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8761 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8765 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8767 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8769 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8772 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8774 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8775 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8776 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8778 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8779 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8781 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8783 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8784 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8786 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8788 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8789 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8794 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8797 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8804 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8808 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8809 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8811 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8814 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8817 if ((*rel_hash
)->indx
== -2
8818 && info
->gc_sections
8819 && ! info
->gc_keep_exported
)
8821 /* PR 21524: Let the user know if a symbol was removed by garbage collection. */
8822 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: relocation references symbol %s which was removed by garbage collection"),
8824 (*rel_hash
)->root
.root
.string
);
8825 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: try relinking with --gc-keep-exported enabled"),
8827 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8830 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8832 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8833 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8834 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8835 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8836 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8839 if (bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
)
8840 (*bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
) (sec
, reldata
);
8842 if (sort
&& count
!= 0)
8844 bfd_vma (*ext_r_off
) (const void *);
8847 bfd_byte
*base
, *end
, *p
, *loc
;
8848 bfd_byte
*buf
= NULL
;
8850 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8852 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8853 ext_r_off
= ext32l_r_offset
;
8854 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8855 ext_r_off
= ext32b_r_offset
;
8861 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8862 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8863 ext_r_off
= ext64l_r_offset
;
8864 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8865 ext_r_off
= ext64b_r_offset
;
8871 /* Must use a stable sort here. A modified insertion sort,
8872 since the relocs are mostly sorted already. */
8873 elt_size
= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8874 base
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8875 end
= base
+ count
* elt_size
;
8876 if (elt_size
> sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
))
8879 /* Ensure the first element is lowest. This acts as a sentinel,
8880 speeding the main loop below. */
8881 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (base
);
8882 for (p
= loc
= base
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8884 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8893 /* Don't just swap *base and *loc as that changes the order
8894 of the original base[0] and base[1] if they happen to
8895 have the same r_offset. */
8896 bfd_byte onebuf
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)];
8897 memcpy (onebuf
, loc
, elt_size
);
8898 memmove (base
+ elt_size
, base
, loc
- base
);
8899 memcpy (base
, onebuf
, elt_size
);
8902 for (p
= base
+ elt_size
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8904 /* base to p is sorted, *p is next to insert. */
8905 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8906 /* Search the sorted region for location to insert. */
8908 while (r_off
< (*ext_r_off
) (loc
))
8913 /* Chances are there is a run of relocs to insert here,
8914 from one of more input files. Files are not always
8915 linked in order due to the way elf_link_input_bfd is
8916 called. See pr17666. */
8917 size_t sortlen
= p
- loc
;
8918 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (loc
);
8919 size_t runlen
= elt_size
;
8920 size_t buf_size
= 96 * 1024;
8921 while (p
+ runlen
< end
8922 && (sortlen
<= buf_size
8923 || runlen
+ elt_size
<= buf_size
)
8924 && r_off2
> (*ext_r_off
) (p
+ runlen
))
8928 buf
= bfd_malloc (buf_size
);
8932 if (runlen
< sortlen
)
8934 memcpy (buf
, p
, runlen
);
8935 memmove (loc
+ runlen
, loc
, sortlen
);
8936 memcpy (loc
, buf
, runlen
);
8940 memcpy (buf
, loc
, sortlen
);
8941 memmove (loc
, p
, runlen
);
8942 memcpy (loc
+ runlen
, buf
, sortlen
);
8944 p
+= runlen
- elt_size
;
8947 /* Hashes are no longer valid. */
8948 free (reldata
->hashes
);
8949 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
8955 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8961 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8962 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8963 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8967 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8969 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8970 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8971 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8973 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8974 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8976 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8978 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8980 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8982 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8984 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8986 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8992 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8994 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8995 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8997 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
8999 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
9001 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
9003 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
9005 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9007 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9013 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
9015 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
9018 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
9019 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
9020 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
9021 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
9022 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9023 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9024 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
9025 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
9026 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
9027 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
9029 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
9031 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
9032 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
9033 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
9034 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
9035 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9037 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
9039 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
9040 Its initialization checking code is not perfect. */
9043 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
9044 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
9045 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9046 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9048 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9050 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9052 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9053 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9054 It is of no help to us. */
9058 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9059 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9061 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9062 "they are in more than one size"),
9064 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9070 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9074 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9076 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9077 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9079 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9080 "they are in more than one size"),
9082 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9088 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9093 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9094 something is wrong. */
9095 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9096 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9097 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9102 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9103 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9105 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9107 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9109 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9110 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9111 It is of no help to us. */
9115 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9116 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9118 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9119 "they are in more than one size"),
9121 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9127 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9131 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9133 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9134 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9136 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9137 "they are in more than one size"),
9139 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9145 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9150 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9151 something is wrong. */
9152 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9153 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9154 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9159 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
9163 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
9165 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9172 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
9173 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
9174 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
9175 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
9179 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
9180 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
9181 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
9182 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
9186 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9187 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9188 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
9190 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
9193 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
9194 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
9196 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
9199 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
9203 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
9204 (info
, _("not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
9208 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9209 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
9211 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
9213 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9214 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9216 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9217 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9219 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
9221 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
9222 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
9223 relocs in this case. */
9228 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9229 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
* opb
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
9231 while (erel
< erelend
)
9233 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9235 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
9236 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
9237 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
9243 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
9245 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9247 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9248 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
9254 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
9255 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9257 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9258 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
9260 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
9263 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
9265 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9266 if (htab
->srelplt
&& htab
->srelplt
->output_section
== dynamic_relocs
)
9268 /* We have plt relocs in .rela.dyn. */
9269 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) sort
;
9270 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
9271 if (sq
[count
- i
- 1].type
!= reloc_class_plt
)
9273 if (i
!= 0 && htab
->srelplt
->size
== i
* ext_size
)
9275 struct bfd_link_order
**plo
;
9276 /* Put srelplt link_order last. This is so the output_offset
9277 set in the next loop is correct for DT_JMPREL. */
9278 for (plo
= &dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; *plo
!= NULL
; )
9279 if ((*plo
)->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
9280 && (*plo
)->u
.indirect
.section
== htab
->srelplt
)
9286 plo
= &(*plo
)->next
;
9289 dynamic_relocs
->map_tail
.link_order
= lo
;
9294 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9295 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9297 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9298 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9301 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9302 o
->output_offset
= (p
- sort
) / sort_elt
* ext_size
/ opb
;
9303 while (erel
< erelend
)
9305 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9306 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
9313 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
9317 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol string table. */
9320 elf_link_output_symstrtab (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
9322 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
9323 asection
*input_sec
,
9324 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9326 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
9327 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
9328 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
9329 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
9330 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9331 bfd_size_type strtabsize
;
9333 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9335 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9336 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
9337 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
9339 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
9346 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
9347 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
9350 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
9351 to get the final offset for st_name. */
9353 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9355 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9359 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9360 strtabsize
= hash_table
->strtabsize
;
9361 if (strtabsize
<= hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9363 strtabsize
+= strtabsize
;
9364 hash_table
->strtabsize
= strtabsize
;
9365 strtabsize
*= sizeof (*hash_table
->strtab
);
9367 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_realloc (hash_table
->strtab
,
9369 if (hash_table
->strtab
== NULL
)
9372 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].sym
= *elfsym
;
9373 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].dest_index
9374 = hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9375 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].destshndx_index
9376 = flinfo
->symshndxbuf
? bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) : 0;
9378 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
9379 hash_table
->strtabcount
+= 1;
9384 /* Swap symbols out to the symbol table and flush the output symbols to
9388 elf_link_swap_symbols_out (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
9390 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9393 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9395 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9399 if (!hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9402 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9404 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9406 amt
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
* hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9407 symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
9411 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
)
9413 amt
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
9414 amt
*= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9415 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
9416 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
9423 for (i
= 0; i
< hash_table
->strtabcount
; i
++)
9425 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &hash_table
->strtab
[i
];
9426 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9427 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
9430 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9431 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
9432 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
9433 ((bfd_byte
*) symbuf
9434 + (elfsym
->dest_index
9435 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
9436 (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
9437 + elfsym
->destshndx_index
));
9440 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9441 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
9442 amt
= hash_table
->strtabcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9443 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) == 0
9444 && bfd_bwrite (symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) == amt
)
9446 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
9454 free (hash_table
->strtab
);
9455 hash_table
->strtab
= NULL
;
9460 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
9463 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9465 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
9466 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9468 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
9471 /* xgettext:c-format */
9472 (_("%pB: too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
9473 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
9474 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9480 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
9481 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
9482 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
9483 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
9484 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
9487 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9488 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
9489 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9492 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
9494 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9497 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9498 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9499 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9501 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9507 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9508 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9509 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
9511 || (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9512 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
9516 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9517 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9518 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9521 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9522 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
9525 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
9527 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
9529 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
9532 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9536 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
9537 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9538 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9539 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9540 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
9541 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
9543 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
9545 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
9547 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9548 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
9551 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
9553 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9554 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
9556 extsymcount
= symcount
;
9561 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
9562 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
9565 if (extsymcount
== 0)
9568 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
9570 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9573 /* Read in any version definitions. */
9574 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
9575 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
9576 if (extversym
== NULL
)
9579 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9580 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
9581 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
9589 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
9590 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
9591 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
9594 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
9595 unsigned short version_index
;
9597 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
9598 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9601 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
9604 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
9607 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
9609 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
9611 && h
->forced_local
))
9613 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
9614 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
9615 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
9620 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
9621 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
9623 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
9637 /* Convert ELF common symbol TYPE. */
9640 elf_link_convert_common_type (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int type
)
9642 /* Commom symbol can only appear in relocatable link. */
9643 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9645 switch (info
->elf_stt_common
)
9649 case elf_stt_common
:
9652 case no_elf_stt_common
:
9659 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
9660 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
9661 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
9662 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
9663 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
9667 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
9669 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
9670 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
9671 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
9673 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9674 asection
*input_sec
;
9675 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9680 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9682 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9683 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9687 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
9688 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
9690 if (!h
->forced_local
)
9695 if (h
->forced_local
)
9699 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9701 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9703 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
9704 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
9705 references in regular files have already been handled unless
9706 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
9708 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
9710 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
9711 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
9712 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
9713 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
9715 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
9718 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
9719 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
9720 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
9721 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9722 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
9723 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
9725 flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
);
9727 /* Strip a global symbol defined in a discarded section. */
9732 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
9733 shared libraries. */
9734 if (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9739 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9740 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
9744 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
9746 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9747 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9748 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9750 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9751 /* xgettext:c-format */
9752 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9753 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
9754 /* xgettext:c-format */
9755 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9757 /* xgettext:c-format */
9758 msg
= _("%pB: local symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9759 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9760 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9761 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9762 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9763 h
->root
.root
.string
, def_bfd
);
9764 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9765 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9769 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
9770 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
9771 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
9776 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
9778 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9782 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9784 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9785 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
9786 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
9788 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9789 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9790 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
9791 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9792 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
9793 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
9794 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
9796 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9797 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9798 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
9799 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
9804 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
9805 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
9806 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
9807 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
9810 && type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
9811 && !h
->forced_local
)
9815 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
9816 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
9817 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9820 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9821 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9825 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9826 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9827 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9828 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9831 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9832 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9834 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9835 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9838 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9839 input_sec
->output_section
);
9840 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9843 /* xgettext:c-format */
9844 (_("%pB: could not find output section %pA for input section %pA"),
9845 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9846 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9847 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9851 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9852 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9854 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9855 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9857 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9858 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9860 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9861 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9862 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9868 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9869 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9870 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9871 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9876 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9877 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9878 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9879 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9882 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9883 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9884 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9885 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9886 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9887 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9888 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9892 if (type
== STT_COMMON
|| type
== STT_OBJECT
)
9893 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9895 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9896 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9898 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9899 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9900 if (bed
->common_definition (&sym
))
9901 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9905 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9906 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9912 if (h
->forced_local
)
9914 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, type
);
9915 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
9916 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
9918 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
9919 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
9920 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, type
);
9921 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9922 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9923 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, type
);
9925 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
9926 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
9928 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
9929 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
9930 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
9931 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
9932 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
9933 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9935 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9936 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
9938 && ((bfd_link_pic (flinfo
->info
)
9939 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
9940 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9941 || !h
->forced_local
)
9942 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
9944 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
9945 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
9947 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9952 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
9953 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
9954 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
9955 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
9956 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
9957 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
9958 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9960 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
9961 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
9964 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
9966 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
9967 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9970 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9971 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
9973 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
9974 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
9977 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
9978 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
9979 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
9980 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
9981 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9986 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
9987 locally, it is a fatal error. */
9988 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
9989 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9990 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
9991 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9996 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
9997 /* xgettext:c-format */
9998 msg
= _("%pB: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9999 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
10000 /* xgettext:c-format */
10001 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10003 /* xgettext:c-format */
10004 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10005 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10006 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10007 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10011 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
10012 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
10013 the entry in the .hash section. */
10014 if (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
10015 && h
->dynindx
!= -1
10016 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10020 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
10021 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
10022 have a run-time problem if not linking executable, referenced
10023 by shared library, or not bound locally. */
10024 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10025 && (!bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
10027 || !h
->def_regular
))
10029 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
10031 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
10034 /* xgettext:c-format */
10035 (_("%pB: no symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
10036 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10037 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10042 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
10043 esym
= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
->contents
10044 + h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
10045 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
10047 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10050 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
10052 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
10054 size_t hash_entry_size
;
10055 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
10057 size_t bucketcount
;
10060 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
10061 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
10064 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
10065 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10066 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
10067 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
10068 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
10070 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
10071 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10072 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
10075 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
10077 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
10078 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
10080 if (!h
->def_regular
)
10082 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10083 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
10084 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
10085 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
10087 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
10091 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
10092 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
10094 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
10095 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
10099 /* Turn on VERSYM_HIDDEN only if the hidden versioned symbol is
10100 defined locally. */
10101 if (h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
&& h
->def_regular
)
10102 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
10104 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
10105 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
10106 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
10110 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
10111 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
10112 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
10113 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
10115 /* PR 22319 Do not strip global undefined symbols marked as being needed. */
10116 && (h
->mark
!= 1 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
)
10117 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10120 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
10124 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
10127 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
10128 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
10129 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
10130 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
10131 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
10132 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
10133 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
10134 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
10135 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
10136 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
10138 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
10140 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
10141 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10142 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10143 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
10144 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
10147 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
10150 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
10151 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
,
10155 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10160 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
10166 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
10167 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
10170 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
10172 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10174 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
10176 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10177 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10178 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
10184 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
10185 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
10186 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
10192 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
10193 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
10194 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
10195 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
10196 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
10197 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
10198 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
10199 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
10202 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
10204 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
10207 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
10210 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
10213 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
10216 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
10219 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
10220 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10222 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
10223 asection
*s
= first
;
10227 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
10230 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
10238 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
10239 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
10243 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10247 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
10250 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
10251 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
10253 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
10254 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
10256 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
10261 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
10262 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
10263 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
10264 don't have to keep them in memory. */
10267 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
10269 int (*relocate_section
)
10270 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
10271 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
10273 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10274 size_t locsymcount
;
10276 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
10277 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
10278 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
10280 asection
**ppsection
;
10282 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10283 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
10284 bfd_size_type address_size
;
10285 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
10287 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
10289 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
10290 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10291 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
10293 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
10294 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
10296 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10299 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10300 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10302 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10307 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10308 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10311 /* Read the local symbols. */
10312 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
10313 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
10315 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
10316 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
10317 flinfo
->external_syms
,
10318 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10319 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
10323 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
10324 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
10325 going into the output file. */
10326 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
10327 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
10329 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
10333 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
10339 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10341 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
10348 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
10349 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10350 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
10351 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10352 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
10353 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
10356 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
10359 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
10360 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
10364 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
10365 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
10367 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
10368 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
10374 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
10375 output any undefined local symbol. */
10376 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
10379 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10381 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
10382 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
10387 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
10389 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10392 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
10393 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
10394 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
10395 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
10397 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
10400 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
10401 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
10402 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
10403 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
10404 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
10405 isec
->output_section
))
10408 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
10409 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10414 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
10415 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
10416 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
10418 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
10419 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10420 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10421 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
10422 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
10425 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
10427 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
10428 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
10429 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
10431 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10432 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10434 if (!have_file_sym
)
10436 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
10437 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
10438 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
10439 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
10440 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
10441 source file, but the best we can do. */
10442 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10443 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10444 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
10445 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10446 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10447 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
,
10448 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
10449 : input_bfd
->filename
),
10450 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10457 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
10458 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10459 isec
->output_section
);
10460 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10463 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
10464 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
10465 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
10466 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
10467 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
10468 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
10469 these requirements. */
10470 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
10471 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10473 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
10474 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10476 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
10477 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10478 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10482 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10483 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
10490 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10492 r_type_mask
= 0xff;
10498 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
10503 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
10504 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
10505 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10507 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10509 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
10511 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
10515 if (!flinfo
->info
->resolve_section_groups
10516 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
10518 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
10519 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
10520 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
10521 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
10523 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
));
10524 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
10525 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10526 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
10528 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
10529 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10530 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10531 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10532 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
10534 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
10536 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10538 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
10539 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10540 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
10544 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
10546 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
10547 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
10548 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10553 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
10554 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10559 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10561 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10564 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
10566 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10567 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
,
10572 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
10576 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
10577 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
10581 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10582 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
10585 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
10587 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
10592 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
10593 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
10594 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
10595 the routines which work on output files. */
10596 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
10598 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
10599 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
10601 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
10603 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
10604 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10609 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10610 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
10614 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10616 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10617 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10618 int action_discarded
;
10621 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
10623 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
10624 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
10625 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
10626 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10629 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
10630 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
10631 if (o
->size
> address_size
10632 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
10633 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10634 ".init_array") == 0)
10635 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
10636 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10637 ".fini_array") == 0))
10638 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
10640 if (o
->size
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
10641 != o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
10644 /* xgettext:c-format */
10645 (_("error: %pB: size of section %pA is not "
10646 "multiple of address size"),
10648 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10651 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
10654 action_discarded
= -1;
10655 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
10656 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
10658 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
10659 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
10660 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
10661 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
10662 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
10664 rel
= internal_relocs
;
10665 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10666 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
10668 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10669 unsigned int s_type
;
10670 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
10671 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
10672 const char *sym_name
;
10674 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10677 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10678 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10679 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10681 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10683 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
10684 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
10685 we do not seg fault. */
10689 /* xgettext:c-format */
10690 (_("error: %pB contains a reloc (%#" PRIx64
") for section %pA "
10691 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
10692 input_bfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_info
, o
);
10693 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10697 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10698 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10699 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10703 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
10704 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
10705 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
10706 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
10707 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
10708 if ((h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
10709 || h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
)
10710 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10711 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10712 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
10713 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
10714 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
10715 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
10716 & BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
10718 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
10719 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
10723 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10724 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10725 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10727 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10731 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
10733 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
10734 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10735 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10739 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
10740 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10743 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
10744 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
10746 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
10747 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
10748 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
10749 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
10750 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
10751 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
10752 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
10753 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
10754 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
10756 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
10757 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
10760 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
10761 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
10766 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
10768 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
10769 discarded section. */
10770 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10772 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
10773 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
10774 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
10775 /* xgettext:c-format */
10776 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%pA' of %pB: "
10777 "defined in discarded section `%pA' of %pB\n"),
10778 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
10780 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
10781 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
10782 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
10783 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
10784 symbol here means we will be changing all later
10785 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
10786 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
10790 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
10802 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
10804 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
10805 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
10806 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
10807 reloc addend as necessary.
10809 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
10810 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
10812 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
10813 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
10814 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
10816 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
10817 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
10818 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
10819 corresponding to the output section, which will require
10820 the addend to be adjusted. */
10822 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10823 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
10831 || bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10832 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
10834 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
10835 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
10836 bfd_vma last_offset
;
10837 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
10838 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
10839 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
10840 unsigned int next_erel
;
10841 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
10842 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
10844 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
10845 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
10846 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
10848 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
10850 irela
= internal_relocs
;
10851 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10852 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
10853 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
10854 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
10856 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10857 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
10858 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10859 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10860 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
10861 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
10862 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10863 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10864 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
10866 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10868 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
10870 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10876 if (irela
== irelamid
)
10878 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
10879 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10880 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
10883 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
10886 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
10888 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
10889 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
10890 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
10891 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
10893 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
10895 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
10899 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
10901 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
10902 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10903 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10905 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
10907 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10908 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10911 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10912 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10913 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10915 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
10916 unsigned long indx
;
10918 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
10919 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
10920 we do not know the symbol index of any global
10921 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
10922 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
10923 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
10924 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
10925 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
10926 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
10927 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10928 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10929 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10931 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
10932 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
10933 used by a reloc. */
10934 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
10941 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
10944 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
10945 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10946 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10948 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
10949 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
10950 processor specific section. */
10951 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
10952 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
10954 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
10956 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10961 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10963 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
10964 section will be the absolute section. In
10965 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
10966 the kept section. relocate_section should
10967 have already handled discarded linkonce
10969 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
10970 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
10971 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10973 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
10974 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10977 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
10979 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10980 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10982 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
10983 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
10985 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10986 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10991 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
10992 section winds up in the output section. */
10994 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10998 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
11000 unsigned long shlink
;
11005 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
11007 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
11008 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
11012 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
11013 since it is needed by a reloc, we
11014 must output it now. */
11015 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
11016 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
11017 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
11021 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
11023 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
11025 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
11028 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
11029 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11031 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
11032 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
11034 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
11036 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
11037 ->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
11038 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
11043 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
11044 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
,
11050 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
11055 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
11058 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
11059 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
11062 /* Swap out the relocs. */
11063 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
11064 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11066 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11071 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
11072 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11073 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
11076 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
11077 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11079 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11088 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
11089 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
11090 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
11093 /* Section written out. */
11095 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
11097 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
11098 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
11100 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
11101 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
11104 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
11105 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
11106 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
11109 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
11111 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
11116 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
11118 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_entry (output_bfd
,
11126 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
11128 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
11129 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
11131 offset
*= bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
);
11133 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
11135 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
11138 todo
-= address_size
;
11139 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11147 offset
+= address_size
;
11151 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11165 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
11166 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
11167 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
11171 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11172 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11173 asection
*output_section
,
11174 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
11176 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
11180 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
11181 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
11182 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
11183 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
11184 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
11187 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
11189 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
11192 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11196 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
11199 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
11200 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
11201 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
11208 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
11209 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
11210 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11212 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
11213 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
11214 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11218 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11220 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
11221 actually against the section. */
11222 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
11223 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
11224 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
11225 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
11227 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11228 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11232 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11233 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
11234 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11235 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
11236 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
11237 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
11238 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
11240 else if (h
!= NULL
)
11242 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
11243 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
11250 (*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
11251 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
11256 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
11258 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
11260 bfd_size_type size
;
11261 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
11264 const char *sym_name
;
11266 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
11267 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
11268 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
11270 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
11277 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
11280 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
11281 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11282 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
11283 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
11285 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
11286 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
) (info
, NULL
, sym_name
,
11287 howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
, NULL
,
11292 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
11294 * bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
),
11301 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
11302 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
11304 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
11305 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11306 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
11308 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
11310 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
11311 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
11312 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
11314 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11315 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11317 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11319 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
11320 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
11321 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
11323 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
11324 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11328 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
11329 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
11330 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11339 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
11342 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
11344 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
11348 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11349 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
11350 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
11351 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
11353 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
11354 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
11355 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
11356 where elfsec is 0. */
11359 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
11360 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
11361 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
11362 bed
->link_order_error_handler
11363 /* xgettext:c-format */
11364 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"), s
->owner
, s
);
11369 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
11370 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11375 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
11376 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
11379 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
11384 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
11385 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
11388 return apos
> bpos
;
11392 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
11393 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
11394 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
11395 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
11398 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
11400 int seen_linkorder
;
11403 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11405 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11407 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
11408 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
11412 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
11414 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11415 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11417 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11419 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11421 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11422 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
11423 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
11424 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
11425 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
11426 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
11440 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
11442 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
11444 /* xgettext:c-format */
11445 (_("%pA has both ordered [`%pA' in %pB] "
11446 "and unordered [`%pA' in %pB] sections"),
11447 o
, linkorder_sec
, linkorder_sec
->owner
,
11448 other_sec
, other_sec
->owner
);
11451 (_("%pA has both ordered and unordered sections"), o
);
11452 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11457 if (!seen_linkorder
)
11460 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
11461 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
11462 if (sections
== NULL
)
11464 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11466 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11468 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
11470 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
11471 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
11472 compare_link_order
);
11474 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
11476 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
11478 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
11479 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
11480 s
->output_offset
= offset
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
11481 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
11482 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
11489 /* Generate an import library in INFO->implib_bfd from symbols in ABFD.
11490 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
11493 elf_output_implib (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11495 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11497 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11499 enum bfd_architecture arch
;
11501 asymbol
**sympp
= NULL
;
11505 elf_symbol_type
*osymbuf
;
11507 implib_bfd
= info
->out_implib_bfd
;
11508 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11510 if (!bfd_set_format (implib_bfd
, bfd_object
))
11513 /* Use flag from executable but make it a relocatable object. */
11514 flags
= bfd_get_file_flags (abfd
);
11515 flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
11516 if (!bfd_set_start_address (implib_bfd
, 0)
11517 || !bfd_set_file_flags (implib_bfd
, flags
& ~EXEC_P
))
11520 /* Copy architecture of output file to import library file. */
11521 arch
= bfd_get_arch (abfd
);
11522 mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
);
11523 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (implib_bfd
, arch
, mach
)
11524 && (abfd
->target_defaulted
11525 || bfd_get_arch (abfd
) != bfd_get_arch (implib_bfd
)))
11528 /* Get symbol table size. */
11529 symsize
= bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd
);
11533 /* Read in the symbol table. */
11534 sympp
= (asymbol
**) xmalloc (symsize
);
11535 symcount
= bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd
, sympp
);
11539 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private header data it
11540 understands from the output BFD to the import library BFD. */
11541 if (! bfd_copy_private_header_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11544 /* Filter symbols to appear in the import library. */
11545 if (bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols
)
11546 symcount
= bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
,
11549 symcount
= _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
, symcount
);
11552 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
11553 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no symbol found for import library"),
11559 /* Make symbols absolute. */
11560 osymbuf
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_alloc2 (implib_bfd
, symcount
,
11561 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11562 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
11564 memcpy (&osymbuf
[src_count
], (elf_symbol_type
*) sympp
[src_count
],
11565 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11566 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
11567 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11568 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
+= sympp
[src_count
]->section
->vma
;
11569 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_value
=
11570 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
;
11571 sympp
[src_count
] = &osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
;
11574 bfd_set_symtab (implib_bfd
, sympp
, symcount
);
11576 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
11577 from the output BFD to the import library BFD. This is done last
11578 to permit the routine to look at the filtered symbol table. */
11579 if (! bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11582 if (!bfd_close (implib_bfd
))
11593 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
11597 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11598 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
11599 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
11600 free (flinfo
->contents
);
11601 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11602 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
11603 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11604 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
11605 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
11606 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
11607 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11608 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
11609 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11610 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
11611 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
11612 free (flinfo
->indices
);
11613 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
11614 free (flinfo
->sections
);
11615 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11616 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
11617 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11619 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11620 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11621 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11622 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11623 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11627 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
11630 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11632 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
11633 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
11635 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
11637 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11639 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
11640 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
11641 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
11642 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
11643 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
11644 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
11646 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11647 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11648 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11649 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
11650 bfd_boolean merged
;
11651 size_t relativecount
= 0;
11652 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
11654 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
11655 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
11656 const char *std_attrs_section
;
11657 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
11659 if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
11662 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11663 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
11665 dynamic
= htab
->dynamic_sections_created
;
11666 dynobj
= htab
->dynobj
;
11668 emit_relocs
= (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
11669 || info
->emitrelocations
);
11671 flinfo
.info
= info
;
11672 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
11673 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
11674 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
11679 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
11680 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
11684 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
11685 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
11686 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
11687 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
11690 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
11691 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
11692 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
11693 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
11694 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
11695 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
11696 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
11697 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
11698 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
11699 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
11701 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
11702 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
11704 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
11705 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11707 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
11708 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
11710 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11712 asection
*input_section
;
11714 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11716 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11717 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11718 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11719 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11722 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
11725 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
11727 /* Skip this section later on. */
11728 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11731 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11733 else if ((o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0 && o
->size
== 0)
11735 /* Remove empty group section from linker output. */
11736 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11737 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
11738 abfd
->section_count
--;
11742 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
11743 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
11744 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
11745 max_contents_size
= 0;
11746 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
11747 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
11749 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
11751 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11753 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11754 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11756 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11758 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
11759 unsigned int additional_reloc_count
= 0;
11760 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
11762 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11763 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11765 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11769 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11771 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
11772 link. This will normally be every section. We need
11773 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
11774 the linker has decided to not include. */
11775 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
11777 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11780 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
11781 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
11782 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
11783 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
11785 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11786 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
11790 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
11792 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
11793 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
11794 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
11796 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
11798 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
11799 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
11801 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
11802 && elf_symtab_shndx_list (sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
11803 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
11805 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
11806 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
11807 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
11808 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
11809 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
11811 else if (emit_relocs
)
11813 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11814 if (bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
)
11817 c
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
) (sec
);
11818 additional_reloc_count
+= c
;
11821 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
11822 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
11824 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11826 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11828 size_t ext_size
= 0;
11830 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11831 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11832 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11833 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11835 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
11836 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
11837 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
11838 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11843 if (reloc_count
== 0)
11846 reloc_count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11847 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
11849 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
&& emit_relocs
)
11853 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
11854 esdo
->rel
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11856 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
11858 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
11859 esdo
->rela
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11865 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11867 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11871 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
11872 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11875 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
11876 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
11877 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
11878 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
11881 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
11882 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
11883 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
11884 sections are handled correctly. */
11885 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
11886 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
11890 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && merged
)
11891 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
11893 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
11894 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
11895 to create a symbol table. */
11896 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
11897 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
11898 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
11901 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
11902 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11904 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11905 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11908 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
11912 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
11916 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
11917 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
11918 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
11919 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
11921 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
11923 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
11924 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
11925 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
11926 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
11927 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
11930 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
11931 if (contents
== NULL
)
11933 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
11937 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
11938 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
11939 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
11940 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
11941 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
11942 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11943 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
11944 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
11945 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
11946 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11947 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
11948 /* sh_info is set below. */
11949 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11950 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
11952 if (max_sym_count
< 20)
11953 max_sym_count
= 20;
11954 htab
->strtabsize
= max_sym_count
;
11955 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (struct elf_sym_strtab
);
11956 htab
->strtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11957 if (htab
->strtab
== NULL
)
11959 /* The real buffer will be allocated in elf_link_swap_symbols_out. */
11961 = (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF)
11962 ? (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1 : NULL
);
11964 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
11966 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
11968 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
11970 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
11971 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
11972 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
11974 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
11976 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11977 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11978 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
11979 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11980 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11981 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11982 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
11983 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
) != 1)
11986 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
11987 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
11988 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
11989 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
11990 outputting relocs. */
11992 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11993 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11994 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11995 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11996 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11997 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
11999 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
12002 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12003 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
12004 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12005 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
12006 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
,
12013 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
12015 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
12017 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
12018 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
12022 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
12024 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
12025 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
12029 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
12031 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
12032 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12033 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12037 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
12039 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12040 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12041 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
12044 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
12045 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12046 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
12049 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
12050 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12051 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
12054 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
12055 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12056 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
12060 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
12062 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12063 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12064 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
12070 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
12073 for (sec
= htab
->tls_sec
;
12074 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
12077 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
12080 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
12082 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
12085 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
12087 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
12089 base
= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
12090 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
12091 alignment requirements. */
12092 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
12093 end
= align_power (end
, htab
->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
12094 htab
->tls_size
= end
- base
;
12097 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
12098 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12100 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
12104 if (!_bfd_elf_fixup_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
12107 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
12108 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
12109 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
12110 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
12111 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
12113 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
12114 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
12115 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
12116 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
12117 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
12118 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
12119 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
12120 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
12121 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
12122 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
12123 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
12124 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
12125 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
12127 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12128 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
12129 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12131 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
12133 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12134 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
12135 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12136 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12138 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
12140 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
12142 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
12145 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
12146 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
12148 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12153 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12155 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12156 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
12157 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12158 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
12159 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
12161 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
12163 switch (bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12165 case ELFCLASS64
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12166 case ELFCLASS32
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12167 case ELFCLASSNONE
: oclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12171 switch (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
12173 case ELFCLASS64
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12174 case ELFCLASS32
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12175 case ELFCLASSNONE
: iclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12179 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12181 /* xgettext:c-format */
12182 (_("%pB: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
12183 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
12192 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
12193 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
12195 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12196 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
12197 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
12199 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
12200 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
12204 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
12205 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
12206 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
12207 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
12208 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
12209 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
12210 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12211 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12212 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
12213 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
12214 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12218 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
12219 table, do it now. */
12220 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
12221 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12223 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12224 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12225 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12227 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
12228 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12229 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12233 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
12234 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
12235 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
12236 converted to local in a version script. */
12238 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
12239 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12242 && htab
->dynsym
!= NULL
12243 && htab
->dynsym
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12245 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
12246 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= htab
->dynsym
->contents
;
12248 o
= htab
->dynsym
->output_section
;
12249 elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= htab
->local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
12251 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
12252 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12253 || htab
->is_relocatable_executable
)
12259 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12261 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12263 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12269 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
12272 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
12273 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
12274 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
12275 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12277 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
12278 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12279 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12283 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
12284 if (htab
->dynlocal
)
12286 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
12287 for (e
= htab
->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
12292 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
12293 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
12294 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
12296 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
12298 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
12303 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12304 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12306 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
12308 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
12311 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12312 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12317 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
12318 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12319 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
12320 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12321 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12325 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
12326 table, do it now. */
12327 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
12328 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12330 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12331 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12332 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12334 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
12335 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12336 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12340 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
12341 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12343 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
12344 if (!elf_link_swap_symbols_out (&flinfo
))
12347 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
12348 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
12350 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
12352 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
= NULL
;
12353 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
12355 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
12357 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
12359 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
!= NULL
&& symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
12361 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
12362 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12363 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12364 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12365 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
12367 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
12370 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12371 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
12376 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
12377 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
12378 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
12379 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
12380 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
12381 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12382 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
12383 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
12384 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
12385 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12386 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
12388 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
12390 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
12392 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12393 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
12397 if (info
->out_implib_bfd
&& !elf_output_implib (abfd
, info
))
12399 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: failed to generate import library"),
12400 info
->out_implib_bfd
);
12404 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
12405 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12407 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12410 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
12413 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
12414 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
12415 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
, info
))
12417 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
12418 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
, info
))
12421 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
12422 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
12423 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
12426 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
12427 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
12429 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
12430 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
12433 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12435 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
12436 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
12437 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
12439 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12440 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12441 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12443 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12446 bfd_size_type sh_size
;
12449 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12456 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
12458 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
12460 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
12461 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
12464 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
12471 name
= info
->init_function
;
12474 name
= info
->fini_function
;
12477 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12479 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12481 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12482 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12484 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12485 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12486 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12487 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
12488 + o
->output_offset
);
12491 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
12492 library and does not apply to this one. */
12493 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12500 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12501 name
= ".preinit_array";
12503 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12504 name
= ".init_array";
12506 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
12507 name
= ".fini_array";
12509 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12513 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12518 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
12519 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
12522 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
12523 name
= ".preinit_array";
12525 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
12526 name
= ".init_array";
12528 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
12529 name
= ".fini_array";
12531 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12538 name
= ".gnu.hash";
12547 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
12550 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
12553 name
= ".gnu.version";
12555 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12557 if (o
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12560 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12563 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
12566 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
12567 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
12570 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->output_section
->vma
+ o
->output_offset
;
12577 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
12583 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12585 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12587 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
12588 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
12589 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12591 sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
12593 || sh_addr
> hdr
->sh_addr
)
12594 sh_addr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
12598 if (bed
->dtrel_excludes_plt
&& htab
->srelplt
!= NULL
)
12600 /* Don't count procedure linkage table relocs in the
12601 overall reloc count. */
12602 sh_size
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12604 /* If the size is zero, make the address zero too.
12605 This is to avoid a glibc bug. If the backend
12606 emits DT_RELA/DT_RELASZ even when DT_RELASZ is
12607 zero, then we'll put DT_RELA at the end of
12608 DT_JMPREL. glibc will interpret the end of
12609 DT_RELA matching the end of DT_JMPREL as the
12610 case where DT_RELA includes DT_JMPREL, and for
12611 LD_BIND_NOW will decide that processing DT_RELA
12612 will process the PLT relocs too. Net result:
12613 No PLT relocs applied. */
12616 /* If .rela.plt is the first .rela section, exclude
12617 it from DT_RELA. */
12618 else if (sh_addr
== (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
12619 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
))
12620 sh_addr
+= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12623 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12624 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= sh_size
;
12626 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= sh_addr
;
12629 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
12633 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
12634 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
12636 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
12639 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
12640 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
12641 || info
->error_textrel
)
12642 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
12644 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12646 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12647 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12648 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12650 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12652 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12654 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
12656 if (info
->error_textrel
)
12657 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12658 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations\n"));
12660 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12661 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object\n"));
12667 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12669 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
12671 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12673 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12675 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
12676 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
12679 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
12681 if (htab
->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
12683 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
12685 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
12687 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
12688 * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
),
12694 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
12698 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
12699 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12700 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, htab
->dynstr
))
12706 if (!info
->resolve_section_groups
)
12708 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
12710 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (info
));
12711 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
12716 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
12717 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
12719 if (!_bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
))
12723 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
12726 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12728 elf_linker (abfd
) = TRUE
;
12732 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
12733 if (contents
== NULL
)
12734 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
12735 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
12736 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
12743 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12747 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
12750 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12751 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
12753 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12754 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12756 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12757 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12759 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
12760 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12761 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
12762 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
12764 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12765 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
12769 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12770 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12773 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
12774 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
12776 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
12778 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12779 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
12781 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12782 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
12784 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
12786 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
12789 if (info
->keep_memory
)
12790 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
12795 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
12798 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
12800 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12802 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12803 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
12804 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
12805 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
12808 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
12809 of input bfd ABFD. */
12812 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12813 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
12816 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
12818 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
12819 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
12823 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12824 info
->keep_memory
);
12825 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
12827 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12828 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12830 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12834 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
12838 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12841 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
12842 free (cookie
->rels
);
12845 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
12848 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12849 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12852 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
12854 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
12859 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12864 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
12868 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12871 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
12872 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12875 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
12877 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
12880 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12881 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12882 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12883 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12884 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12888 switch (h
->root
.type
)
12890 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12891 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12892 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12894 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12895 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
12902 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
12907 /* Return the debug definition section. */
12910 elf_gc_mark_debug_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12911 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12912 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12913 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12914 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12918 /* Return the global debug definition section. */
12919 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12920 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12921 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12922 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12926 /* Return the local debug definition section. */
12927 asection
*isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
,
12929 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12936 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12937 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
12938 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
12941 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
12942 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12943 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12944 bfd_boolean
*start_stop
)
12946 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12947 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12949 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12950 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12953 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
12954 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12956 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
12959 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %pB\n"),
12963 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12964 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12965 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12967 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
12968 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
12969 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
12970 handling copy relocs. */
12971 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
12972 weakdef (h
)->mark
= 1;
12974 if (start_stop
!= NULL
)
12976 /* To work around a glibc bug, mark XXX input sections
12977 when there is a reference to __start_XXX or __stop_XXX
12981 asection
*s
= h
->u2
.start_stop_section
;
12982 *start_stop
= !s
->gc_mark
;
12987 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
12990 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
12991 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
12994 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12995 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
12996 the relocation symbol. */
12999 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13001 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
13002 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
13005 bfd_boolean start_stop
= FALSE
;
13007 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
, &start_stop
);
13008 while (rsec
!= NULL
)
13010 if (!rsec
->gc_mark
)
13012 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13013 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
13015 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13020 rsec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (rsec
->owner
, rsec
);
13025 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
13026 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
13027 which define symbols to which it refers. */
13030 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13032 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
13035 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
13039 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
13040 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
13041 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
13042 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13045 /* Look through the section relocs. */
13047 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
13048 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
13049 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
13050 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
13052 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13054 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13058 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
13059 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13064 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13068 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
13070 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13072 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
13076 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
13077 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13079 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
13083 eh_frame
= elf_section_eh_frame_entry (sec
);
13084 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& !eh_frame
->gc_mark
)
13085 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, eh_frame
, gc_mark_hook
))
13091 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
13094 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
13096 /* Point to first section of section group. */
13098 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
13101 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
13102 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
13104 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
13105 and special section. */
13106 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
13109 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13110 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
13112 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
13113 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
13115 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13117 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13119 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
13120 keep all sections in this group. */
13121 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
13126 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13128 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13132 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
13135 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13136 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13140 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13143 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
13144 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
13145 bfd_boolean has_kept_debug_info
;
13147 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13149 isec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13150 if (isec
== NULL
|| isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13153 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
13154 see if any other section is already marked,
13155 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
13156 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= has_kept_debug_info
= FALSE
;
13157 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13159 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
13161 else if (isec
->gc_mark
13162 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
13163 && elf_section_type (isec
) != SHT_NOTE
)
13166 if (!debug_frag_seen
13167 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
13168 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
13169 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
13172 /* If no non-note alloc section in this file will be kept, then
13173 we can toss out the debug and special sections. */
13177 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
13178 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
13179 just debug sections or special sections. */
13180 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13182 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13183 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
13184 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
13185 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
13186 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
)
13188 if (isec
->gc_mark
&& (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13189 has_kept_debug_info
= TRUE
;
13192 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
13193 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
13194 are associated with that code section. */
13195 if (debug_frag_seen
)
13196 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13197 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
13198 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
13203 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
13205 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug
13206 section containing the name of the code section as
13207 a suffix. For example .debug_line.text.foo is a
13208 debug section associated with .text.foo. */
13209 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
13213 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
13214 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13217 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
13220 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
13221 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
13226 /* Mark debug sections referenced by kept debug sections. */
13227 if (has_kept_debug_info
)
13228 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13230 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13231 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, isec
,
13232 elf_gc_mark_debug_section
))
13239 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13242 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13244 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13248 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13249 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (info
))
13250 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13253 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13256 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13258 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
13259 sections in the section group. If the first member of
13260 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
13262 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13264 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
13265 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
13271 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
13272 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
13275 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
13276 to remove a section from the output. */
13277 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13279 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
13280 /* xgettext:c-format */
13281 _bfd_error_handler (_("removing unused section '%pA' in file '%pB'"),
13289 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
13290 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
13293 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13295 /* Those that are not vtables. */
13297 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13298 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13301 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
13302 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
13305 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
13306 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
&& h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[-1])
13309 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
13310 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
, okp
);
13312 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
== NULL
)
13314 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
13316 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13317 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
;
13322 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
13324 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
13325 cu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13327 pu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13330 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13331 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13333 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
13334 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13335 n
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
13350 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13353 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
13354 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
13355 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13356 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13358 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
13359 well as those that are not loaded. */
13361 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13362 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13365 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13366 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
13368 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13369 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13370 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
13372 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
13374 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
13375 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
13376 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13378 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13380 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
13381 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
13383 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
13384 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
13385 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13387 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
13388 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[entry
])
13391 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
13392 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
13398 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
13399 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
13403 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13405 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13406 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
13408 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13409 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13410 && ((h
->ref_dynamic
&& !h
->forced_local
)
13411 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
13412 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
13413 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
13414 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
13415 || info
->gc_keep_exported
13416 || info
->export_dynamic
13419 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
13420 && (h
->versioned
>= versioned
13421 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
13422 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
13423 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13428 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
13429 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
13432 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13434 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
13436 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
13438 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13440 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
13441 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13444 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13445 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13446 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
13447 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
13448 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13453 bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entries (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13454 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13456 bfd
*ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
;
13458 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13461 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13463 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13465 sec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13466 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13469 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
))
13472 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13474 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (ibfd
, sec
), ".eh_frame_entry")
13475 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
, sec
))
13477 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entry (info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13478 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, sec
);
13485 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
13488 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13490 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
13492 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
13493 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13494 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13496 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
13497 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13499 _bfd_error_handler(_("warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
13503 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
13504 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13506 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
13507 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
13508 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
;
13509 info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
&& sub
!= NULL
;
13510 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13513 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13515 sec
= sub
->sections
;
13516 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13518 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
13519 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13521 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13522 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
13523 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
13524 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
13525 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13526 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (NULL
, sec
);
13530 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
13531 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
13535 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
13536 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
13540 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
13541 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
|| info
->gc_keep_exported
)
13542 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
13544 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
13545 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
13546 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13550 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13551 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
13552 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13556 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13559 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
13560 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
13561 of a group. We must keep all PREINIT_ARRAY, INIT_ARRAY as
13562 well as FINI_ARRAY sections for ld -r. */
13563 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13565 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
13566 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
13567 || (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
13568 && ((elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13569 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
13570 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13572 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13573 == SHT_FINI_ARRAY
)))
13574 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
13575 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
13577 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
13582 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
13583 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
13585 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
13586 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
13589 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
13592 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
13594 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13597 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
13598 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
13599 size_t extsymcount
;
13600 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13602 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
13603 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
13605 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13606 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
13607 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
13609 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13610 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
13612 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
13613 offset as the relocation. */
13614 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
13616 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
13617 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13618 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13619 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
13620 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
13624 /* xgettext:c-format */
13625 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %pA+%#" PRIx64
": no symbol found for INHERIT"),
13626 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) offset
);
13627 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
13631 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13633 child
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13634 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->u2
.vtable
)));
13635 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13640 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
13641 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
13642 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
13643 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
13645 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
13648 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= h
;
13653 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
13656 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13657 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13658 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13661 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13662 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13666 h
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13667 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->u2
.vtable
)));
13672 if (addend
>= h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13674 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
13675 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13677 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
13679 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
13680 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13681 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13685 if (addend
>= size
)
13687 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
13688 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
13689 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13692 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
13694 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
13695 consolidation pass. */
13696 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
13700 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
13706 oldbytes
= (((h
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
13707 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
13708 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
13712 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
13717 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
13718 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
13719 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= size
;
13722 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
13727 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
13731 flagword flag_value
;
13732 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
13734 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
13736 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
13737 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
13738 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
13739 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
13740 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
13741 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
13742 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
13743 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
13744 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
13745 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
13746 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
13747 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
13750 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
13752 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13753 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
13756 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
13758 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
13760 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
13761 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13762 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
13764 int without_hex
= 0;
13766 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
13769 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
13771 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
13772 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
13774 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
13778 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13779 with_hex
|= hexval
;
13780 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13781 without_hex
|= hexval
;
13786 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
13788 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
13790 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13791 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13792 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13793 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13800 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13801 (_("unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
13805 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
13806 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
13807 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
13810 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
13813 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
13819 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
13821 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13824 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
13825 to real got offsets. */
13828 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
13830 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
13831 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
13832 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13834 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
13836 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
13837 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
13840 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
13845 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
13846 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
13849 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
13850 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13853 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13855 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
13857 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
13859 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13862 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
13863 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
13864 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
13867 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
13869 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
13870 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
13872 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
13873 size_t j
, locsymcount
;
13874 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13876 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13879 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
13883 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
13884 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
13885 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13887 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13889 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
13891 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
13893 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
13894 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
13897 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
13901 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
13902 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
13903 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
13904 gofarg
.info
= info
;
13905 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
13906 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
13911 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
13912 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
13915 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13917 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
13920 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13921 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
13925 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
13927 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
13929 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13930 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
13932 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
13934 unsigned long r_symndx
;
13936 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13937 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
13939 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
13942 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
13943 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
13946 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
13947 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
13949 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13951 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
13953 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
13954 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
13955 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
13957 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13958 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13959 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
13960 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
13961 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
13966 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
13967 but it could be a relocation against a local
13968 symbol for a discarded section. */
13970 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13972 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
13973 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
13974 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13976 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
13977 || discarded_section (isec
)))
13985 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
13986 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
13987 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
13988 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
13991 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13993 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13998 if (info
->traditional_format
13999 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
14002 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
14007 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14010 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
14011 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
14015 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14018 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14021 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
14022 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
14023 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14027 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14032 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14033 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
14037 int eh_changed
= 0;
14038 unsigned int eh_alignment
;
14040 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14046 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14049 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14052 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
14053 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
14054 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14058 if (i
->size
!= i
->rawsize
)
14062 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14065 eh_alignment
= 1 << o
->alignment_power
;
14066 /* Skip over zero terminator, and prevent empty sections from
14067 adding alignment padding at the end. */
14068 for (i
= o
->map_tail
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14070 i
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
14071 else if (i
->size
> 4)
14073 /* The last non-empty eh_frame section doesn't need padding. */
14076 /* Any prior sections must pad the last FDE out to the output
14077 section alignment. Otherwise we might have zero padding
14078 between sections, which would be seen as a terminator. */
14079 for (; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14081 /* All but the last zero terminator should have been removed. */
14086 = (i
->size
+ eh_alignment
- 1) & -eh_alignment
;
14087 if (i
->size
!= size
)
14095 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
14096 _bfd_elf_adjust_eh_frame_global_symbol
, NULL
);
14099 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
14101 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14104 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14106 s
= abfd
->sections
;
14107 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
14110 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14112 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
14114 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
14117 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
14120 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
14124 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
== COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14125 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
14127 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
14128 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14129 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
14136 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
14138 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14141 const char *name
, *key
;
14142 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
14143 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
14145 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
14148 flags
= sec
->flags
;
14150 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
14151 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
14152 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
14155 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
14156 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
14157 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
14160 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
14162 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14163 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
14164 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
14165 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
14168 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
14169 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
14170 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
14173 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
14174 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
14175 single member groups. */
14179 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
14181 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14183 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
14184 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
14185 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
14186 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
14187 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
14188 type of section. */
14189 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14190 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14191 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
14192 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
14194 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
14195 issue a warning. */
14196 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
14199 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14201 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14202 asection
*s
= first
;
14206 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14207 /* Record which group discards it. */
14208 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14209 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
14210 /* These lists are circular. */
14220 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
14221 linkonce section and vice versa. */
14222 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
14224 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14226 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
14227 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
14228 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14229 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14230 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
14232 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14233 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14234 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14239 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
14240 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14241 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14243 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
14246 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
14247 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
14249 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14250 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
14255 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
14256 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
14257 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
14258 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
14259 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
14260 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
14261 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
14262 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
14263 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
14264 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
14265 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
14267 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
14268 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14269 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14270 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
14272 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
14273 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14277 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
14278 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
14279 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
14280 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14284 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14286 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
14290 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14296 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14298 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
14302 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
14303 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14304 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14305 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14306 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14308 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14309 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
14312 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
14314 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
14316 static const char *
14317 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
14319 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14322 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
14323 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
14325 if (old_name
== NULL
)
14328 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
14329 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
14334 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
14335 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
14336 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
14340 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
14342 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14344 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14346 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14348 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14352 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
14354 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14355 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14362 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
14363 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
14364 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
14367 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
14368 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
14369 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
14370 string table associated with ABFD. */
14373 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
14375 unsigned int alignment
,
14377 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14379 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14381 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14383 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14388 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
14390 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14392 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
14393 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
14394 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
14395 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
14397 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
14398 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14400 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
14401 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
14402 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
14403 seen to be a .rela section. */
14404 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
14405 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
14410 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14416 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
14417 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
14418 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
14419 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
14421 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
14422 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
14423 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
14425 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
14426 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
14427 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
14429 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
14430 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
14432 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
14433 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
14436 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14439 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14441 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14442 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
14443 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14444 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14447 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14450 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14452 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14453 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
14454 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14455 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14458 /* Define __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbol. */
14460 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
14461 bfd_elf_define_start_stop (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14462 const char *symbol
, asection
*sec
)
14464 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14466 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), symbol
,
14467 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14469 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
14470 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
14471 || ((h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_dynamic
) && !h
->def_regular
)))
14473 bfd_boolean was_dynamic
= h
->ref_dynamic
|| h
->def_dynamic
;
14474 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14475 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= sec
;
14476 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
14477 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14478 h
->def_dynamic
= 0;
14480 h
->u2
.start_stop_section
= sec
;
14481 if (symbol
[0] == '.')
14483 /* .startof. and .sizeof. symbols are local. */
14484 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14485 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
14486 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
14490 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
14491 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_PROTECTED
;
14493 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);